Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Preferred Bank

Preferred Bank

pfbc · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker pfbc
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 323
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · Preferred Bank
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 
Washington, D.C.  20429 

FORM 10-K 

Mark One 
[x] 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 
OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 
or 

[  ] 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period from ________ to ________. 

PREFERRED BANK 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

California                          

33539                       

(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

(FDIC Certificate Number) 

601 S. Figueroa Street, 29th Floor, Los Angeles, California              

(Address of principal executive offices) 

95-4340199 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

90017                 

(Zip Code) 

        Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (213) 891-1188 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
NONE 

Name of each exchange                 

on which registered 
NONE 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
Common Stock, No Par Value 
(Title of class) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the 

Securities Act. Yes [ ] No [x] 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 

15(d) of the Act. Yes [ ] No [x] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 

15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days. Yes [x] No [ ] 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 or Regulation S-K is not 

contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information 
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ] 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filed, non-
accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in 
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
Large accelerated filed [ ]        Accelerated filer [ ]      Non-accelerated filer [x]    Smaller reporting company [ ]        

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  
Yes [ ] No [x] 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, 
computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold as of the last business day of the  
Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 30, 2008) was $50,531,972. 

Number of shares of common stock of the Registrant outstanding as of March 27, 2009, was 9,854,207. 

 
 
 
 
 
     The following documents are incorporated by reference herein: 

Document Incorporated By Reference 

Part of Form 10-K Into 
Which Incorporated 

Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be 
filed 
within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 .............................................

Part III 

ii

 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page 

PART I ........................................................................................................................................................1 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS ..................................................................................................................1 
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS.......................................................................................................30 
ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS....................................................................39 
PROPERTIES ...........................................................................................................39 
ITEM 2. 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS .........................................................................................40 
ITEM 3. 
ITEM 4. 
SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS .............41 
ITEM 4A.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF PREFERRED BANK ...............................................41 

PART II.....................................................................................................................................................43 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED   
SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY 
SECURITIES ............................................................................................................43 
ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA ............................................................................47 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL 

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS .................................................49 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES OF MARKET 

RISKS........................................................................................................................77 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA..........................77 

ITEM 8. 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON 

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE ...............................................77 
ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES .........................................................................77 
ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION.........................................................................................81 
PART III ...................................................................................................................................................82 
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT................82 
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DISCLOSURE...................................................82 
ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND 

MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS........................82 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND 

DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE................................................................................82 
ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES ..........................................83 
PART IV ...................................................................................................................................................84 
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES...................................84 
SIGNATURES........................................................................................................................................120 

-i- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

Certain matters discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may constitute forward-looking 

statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) 
and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and as such, 
may involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements relate to, among other things, 
expectations of the environment in which the Bank operates and projections of future performance. The 
Bank’s actual results, performance, or achievements may differ significantly from the results, performance, 
or achievements expected or implied in such forward-looking statements. For discussion of some of the 
factors that might cause such differences, see “Item 1. BUSINESS - Risk Factors That May Affect Future 
Results.” 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS 

General 

We are one of the largest independent commercial banks in California focusing on the Chinese-

American market. We consider the Chinese-American market to encompass individuals born in the United 
States of Chinese ancestry, ethnic Chinese who have immigrated to the United States and ethnic Chinese 
who live abroad but conduct business in the United States. 

We commenced operations in December 1991 as a California state-chartered bank in Los 

Angeles, California with initial capital of $20 million. Our deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation. We are a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (FHLB). At 
December 31, 2008, total assets were $1.5 billion, loans and leases were $1.2 billion, deposits were $1.3 
billion and shareholders’ equity was $137 million. We had a net loss per share on a diluted basis of $0.51 
for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to net income of $2.50 per share for the year ended 
December 31, 2007. 

We provide personalized deposit services as well as real estate finance, commercial loans and 

trade finance to small and mid-sized businesses and their owners, entrepreneurs, real estate developers and 
investors, professionals and high net worth individuals. We believe we have benefited, and will continue to 
benefit from the significant migration to Southern California of ethnic Chinese from China and other areas 
of East Asia. While our business is not solely dependent on the Chinese-American market, it represents an 
important element of our operating strategy, especially for our branch network and deposit products and 
services. 

During the third quarter of 2007, Preferred Bank established a new subsidiary, PB Investment and 
Consulting, Inc. The purpose of this subsidiary is to operate a Representative Office for Preferred Bank in 
Taipei, Taiwan. This office’s primary function is to coordinate banking services to customers of Preferred 
Bank in Taiwan. The new subsidiary has been funded with $30,000 in initial capital. 

Our main office is located at 601 S. Figueroa Street, 29th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017 and our 

telephone number is (213) 891-1188. Our internet address is www.preferredbank.com. On our Investor 
Relations website, which can be accessed through www.preferredbank.com, we post the following filings 
as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Corporation: our annual report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on 
Form 8-K, our proxy statement related to our annual shareholders’ meeting and any amendments to those 
reports or statements filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934. All such filings on our Investor Relations website are available free of charge. The reference to 
our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained in the 
website and should not be considered part of this document. A copy of our Code of Personal and Business 
Conduct, including any amendments thereto or waivers thereof and Board Committee Charters can also be 
accessed on our website. We will provide, at no cost, a copy of our Code of Personal and Business 
Conduct and Board Committee Charters upon request by phone or in writing at the above phone number or 
address, attention: Edward J. Czajka, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. 

1 

 
 
 
Our Customers 

We provide a range of deposit and loan products and services to customers primarily within the 

following categories: 

•  Real Estate Finance—consisting of investors and developers within the real estate industry 

and of owner-occupied properties in Southern California. We do not typically provide single-
family residential mortgages. We provide construction loans and mini-permanent (“mini-
perm”) loans for residential, commercial, industrial and other income producing properties. A 
portion of our real estate loans are to borrowers who are also international trade finance 
customers. 

•  Middle Market Business—consisting of manufacturing, service and distribution companies 

with annual sales of approximately $5 million to $100 million and with borrowing 
requirements of up to approximately $12 million. We offer a range of lending products to 
customers in this market, including working capital loans, equipment financing and 
commercial real estate loans. Additionally, we provide a full range of deposit products and 
related services including safe deposit boxes, account reconciliation, courier service and cash 
management services. 

• 

International Trade Finance—consisting of importers and exporters based in the U.S. 
requiring both borrowing and operational products. We offer a full range of products to 
international trade finance customers, including commercial and standby letters of credit, 
acceptance financing, documentary collections, foreign draft collections, international wires 
and foreign exchange. 

•  Private Banking—consisting of wealthy individuals residing in the Pacific Rim area with 

residences, real estate investments or businesses in Southern California. We offer all of our 
banking products and services to this segment through our multi-lingual team of professionals 
knowledgeable in the business environment and financial affairs of Pacific Rim countries. We 
believe our language capabilities provide us with a competitive advantage. 

•  Professionals—consisting generally of physicians, accountants, attorneys, business managers 
and other professionals. We provide specialized personal banking services to customers in this 
segment including courier service, several types of specialized deposit accounts and personal 
and business loans as well as lines of credit. 

•  We provide a fully operating traditional internet banking system with bill pay services for 

these customers. 

Our Market 

The Bank conducts banking business from our main office in downtown Los Angeles, California 

and 12 full-service branch banking offices in Los Angeles, Orange and San Bernardino Counties. We 
market our services and conduct our business primarily in Los Angeles, Orange, Ventura, Riverside and 
San Bernardino counties. 

We believe that Chinese-Americans continue to be the largest Asian ethnic group in Los Angeles 
County. According to the U.S. Census 2000, between 1990 and 2000, the Chinese-American population in 
the United States grew by approximately 48% with 40% of all Chinese-Americans living in California. 
During this same period, it is estimated that the Chinese-American population in Los Angeles grew by 
34%. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, as of 2000, there were over 450,000 Chinese-Americans living 
in the three counties served by Preferred Bank which represented 41% of all Chinese-Americans in 
California. 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
We believe that continuing consolidation of banks generally in Southern California, and among 
the banks serving the Chinese-American market in particular, has created an underserved market of small 
and mid-sized businesses, real estate developers, investors and high net worth depositors that we can 
continue to attract as customers. 

We believe we are well positioned to compete effectively with the Chinese-American community 

banks, the larger commercial banks and major publicly listed and foreign bank-owned Chinese banks 
operating in Southern California by offering the following: 

• 

• 

deposit and cash management services to businesses and high net worth depositors with a high 
degree of personal service and responsiveness; 

an experienced, multi-lingual management team and staff who have an understanding of Asian 
markets and cultures who we believe can provide sophisticated credit solutions faster, more 
efficiently and with a higher degree of personal service than what is provided by our 
competition; and 

• 

loan products to customers requiring credit of a size in excess of what can be provided by our 
smaller competitors. 

Our Current Focus 

Our national economy and California in particular are in the midst of an unprecedented recession 
the likes of which have not been experience in many decades. Management’s primary focus during 2008 
was on credit quality, capital management and liquidity management. This document will discuss our 2008 
results but a large part of this document will discuss the many challenges facing the Bank during 2009 and 
beyond. 

Operating Strategies 

• 

Improve asset quality as we shift our lending focus from production to portfolio management 
and close monitoring. 

•  Maintain strong capital ratios as needed to weather the current economic crisis through 

possible reduced cash dividends and downsizing of the balance sheet. 

Our Lending Activities 

We originate a variety of types of loans, most of which fall into the following four categories: 

•  Real estate mini-perm loans; 

•  Real estate construction loans; 

•  Commercial loans; and 

•  Trade finance. 

In addition to these loan types, we make a small amount of consumer loans principally as an 

accommodation to our business customers. We also utilize our relationships within the banking industry to 
purchase and sell participations in loans that meet our underwriting criteria. As of December 31, 2008, we 
had a total of $220.6 million in purchased loans and $18.8 million in loans that we sold. The purchased 
loans were accounted for in accordance with the Accounting Standards Executive Committee (AcSEC) 
Statement of Position (SOP) 03-3. We manage our loan portfolio to provide for an adequate return, but also 
to provide a diversification of risk. Due to the extremely difficult economic environment during 2008, the 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank did not originate many new loans as management was more focused on managing existing loan 
relationships, specifically, troubled borrowers. 

We originate our loans from our twelve banking offices in Los Angeles, Orange, and San 
Bernardino counties. For mini-perm and construction loans, we rely on referrals from existing clients who 
are real estate investors and developers as well as internal business development efforts. For our 
commercial and trade finance lending, we seek referrals from existing banking clients as well as referrals 
from professionals, such as certified public accountants, attorneys and business managers. 

At December 31, 2008, 80% of our loans carried interest rates that adjust with changes in the 

Prime Rate, 11% carried interest rates tied to LIBOR or other indices and 4% carried a fixed and other rate. 
Approximately 45% of our loan portfolio has an interest rate floor. 

The following table sets forth information regarding our four major loan categories: 

Real Estate Mini Perm 
Portfolio size 
Number of loans 
Average loan size 
Average LTV(1) 
Average DCR(2) 
Weighted average rate 

Real Estate Construction 
Portfolio size 
Number of loans 
Average loan size 
Average LTV(1) 
Average DCR(2) 
Weighted average rate 

Commercial Loans 
Portfolio size 
Number of loans 
Average loan size 
Weighted average rate 

Trade Finance 
Portfolio size 
Number of loans 
Average loan size 
Weighted average rate 

At December 31, 2008 

(Dollars in thousands) 

     $     592,697 
                   237 
     $         2,501 
                56.42% 
                  1.49x 
                  6.11% 

     $     290,803 
                     63 
     $         4,616 
                60.56% 
                  1.28x 
                  6.44% 

     $     273,890 
                   518 
     $            529 
                  4.86% 

     $       73,205 
                   202 
     $            362 
                  3.83% 

(1)  Average loan-to-value, or LTV, is calculated based upon a weighted average of outstanding principal loan 
balances (for mini-perm loans) or commitment (for construction loans) divided by the original value. 

(2)  Average debt coverage ratio, or DCR, is calculated based upon the net operating income of the property divided 

by the debt service. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We had 199 loans with outstanding principal balances between $1 million to $5 million, 47 loans 

with outstanding balances between $5 million and $10 million, and 22 loans over $10 million as of 
December 31, 2008. 

Real Estate Mini-Perm Loans 

Real estate mini-perm loans secured by retail, industrial, office and residential multi-family 
properties have been the fastest growing segment of our loan portfolio and comprise 32% of our loan 
portfolio as of December 31, 2008. We seek diversification through maintaining a broad base of borrowers 
and monitoring our exposure to various property types. 

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our real estate mini-perm portfolio by property 

type: 

Property Type 

Commercial/Office 
Retail 
Industrial 
Residential 1-4 
Apartment 4+ 
Land/Special purpose 
Total 

At December 31, 2008 

Amount 
(Dollars in thousands) 

77,924 
82,663 
55,424 
66,968 
110,922 
              198,796 
              592,697 

$

$

Percentage of Loans in 
Each Category in Total 
Loan Portfolio 

6.33% 
6.71 
4.50 
5.44 
9.01 
16.15 
48.14% 

The following table sets forth the maturity of our real estate mini-perm loan portfolio: 

1-Year 

2-Years 

Less than 

3-Years 

4-Years 

5-Years 

5-Years 

Balance 

  More Than 

Total Outstanding 

At December 31, 2008 

(In thousands) 

$360,481 

$42,965 

$40,182 

$53,724 

$62,895 

$32,451 

$592,697 

Loan Origination: The loan origination process for mini-perm loans begins with a loan officer 

collecting preliminary property information and financial data from a prospective borrower. After a 
preliminary deal sheet is prepared and approved by management, the loan officer collects the necessary 
third party reports such as appraisals, credit reports, environmental assessments and preliminary title 
reports as well as detailed financial information. We utilize third party appraisers from an appraiser list 
approved by our Board of Directors’ loan committee. From that list, appraisers for loans under $1.2 million 
are selected by the individual loan officer, appraisers for loans between $1.2 million and $3.0 million are 
selected by the loan officer with the concurrence of the Chief Credit Officer and appraisers for loans over 
$3.0 million are selected by the Chief Credit Officer. 

All appraisals for loans over $1.2 million are reviewed by an additional outside appraiser. 

Appraisals for loans under that amount are reviewed by internal staff. A credit memorandum is then 
prepared by summarizing all third party reports and preparing an analysis of the adequacy of primary and 
secondary repayment sources; namely the property DCR and LTV as well as the outside financial strength 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and cash flow of the borrower or guarantor(s). This completed credit memorandum is then submitted to an 
officer or committee having the appropriate authority for approval. For further information on our different 
levels of authority, see “—Loan Authorizations” below. 

Once a loan is approved by the appropriate authority level, loan documents are drawn by our note 

department, which also funds the loan when approval conditions are met. On larger, relatively complex 
transactions, loan documents are prepared or reviewed by outside legal counsel. 

Underwriting Standards: Our principal underwriting standards for real estate mini-perm loans are 

as follows: 

•  Maximum LTV of 65%-70%, depending on the property type. However, our practice is to lend 

at more conservative levels. 

•  Minimum DCR of 1.2-1.25, depending on the property type. 

•  Requirements of personal guarantees from the principals of any closely-held entity. 

Monitoring: We monitor our mini-perm portfolio in different ways. First, on loans over $2 
million, we conduct site inspections and gather rent rolls and operating statements on the subject properties 
at least annually. Using this information, we evaluate a given property’s ability to service present payment 
requirements, and we perform “stress-testing” to evaluate the property’s ability to service debt at higher 
debt levels or at lower cash flow levels. Second, on an annual basis, we request updated financial 
information from our borrowers and/or guarantors to monitor their financial capacity. 

The vast majority of our mini-perm loans carry a five year maturity. However, it has been our 

practice to renew these loans for additional five-year periods based on a satisfactory payment record and an 
updated underwriting profile. 

Real Estate Construction 

We have traditionally been an active construction lender with construction loans comprising 

23.6% of the total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2008. Previously, construction loans have comprised 
well over 30% of the total loan portfolio but given the stress on this part of the portfolio, Management is 
actively working to reduce our exposure to this type of loan. Our construction loans are typically short-
term loans of up to 18 months for the purpose of funding the costs of constructing a building. Outstanding 
construction loans by property type are summarized as follows: 

Property Type 

Commercial/Office 
Retail 
Industrial 
For sale attached residential 
For sale detached residential 
Apartment 
Land/Special purpose 
Total 

At December 31, 2008 

Amount 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Percentage of Loans in 
Each Category in Total 
Loan Portfolio 

$ 

23,589 
27,117 
14,729 
149,535 
41,538 
32,142 

                2,153  
           290,803 

$ 

1.92% 
2.20 
1.20 
12.15 
3.37 
2.61 
  0.17 
23.62% 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Origination: The origination process for construction loans is identical to our real estate 

mini-perm origination process described above under “—Real Estate Mini-Perm Loans—Loan 
Origination,” but with an additional step. We generally require a third party review of the developer’s 
proposed building costs. 

Underwriting Standards: Our underwriting standards for construction loans are identical to those 

described above under “—Real Estate Mini-Perm Loans—Underwriting Standards.” For the for-sale-
housing projects, however, the DCR requirement is not applicable. In addition, we require that the 
construction loan applicant have proven experience in the type of project we are considering. Finally, 
notwithstanding the maximum 65%-70% LTV discussed above under “—Real Estate Mini-Perm Loans—
Underwriting Standards,” we generally require a maximum 65% LTV for construction loans. 

Monitoring: The monitoring of construction loans is accomplished under the supervision of our 

Chief Credit Officer. We engage third-party inspectors to report on the percentage of project completion as 
well as to evaluate whether the project is proceeding at an acceptable pace. The third-party inspector also 
recommends whether we should approve or disapprove disbursement request amounts. The third-party 
inspector produces monthly reports on each project that contain the evaluation and recommendation for 
each project. The Chief Credit Officer reviews each report and makes a final determination regarding the 
disbursement requests. All approved disbursements are funded by our centralized note department. 

Commercial Loans 

We offer a variety of commercial loan products including lines of credit for working capital, term 
loans for capital expenditures and commercial and stand-by letters of credit. As of December 31, 2008, we 
had $273.9 million of commercial loans outstanding, which represented 22.2% of the overall loan 
portfolio. Lines of credit typically have a 12 month commitment and are secured by the borrower’s assets. 
In cases of larger commitments, an updated certificate from the borrower may be required to determine 
eligibility at the time of any given advance. Term loans seldom exceed 60 months, but in no case exceed 
the depreciable life of the tangible asset being financed. 

Loan Origination: A commercial loan begins with a loan officer obtaining preliminary financial 
information from the borrower and guarantors and summarizing the loan request in a deal sheet. The deal 
sheet is then reviewed by senior management and/or those who have the loan authority to approve the 
credit. Following preliminary approval, the loan officer undertakes a formal underwriting analysis, 
including third party credit reports and asset verifications. From this information and analysis, a credit 
memorandum is prepared and submitted to an officer or committee having the appropriate approval 
authority for review. After approval, the note department prepares loan documentation reflecting the 
conditions of approval and funds the loan when those conditions are met. 

Underwriting Standards: Our underwriting standards for commercial loans are designed to 

identify, measure, and quantify the risk inherent in these types of credits. Our underwriting process and 
standards help us identify the primary and secondary repayment sources. The following are our major 
underwriting guidelines: 

•  Cash flow is our primary underwriting criteria. We require a minimum 1.5:1 DCR for our 

commercial loans. We also review trends in the borrower’s sales levels, gross profit and 
expenses. 

•  We evaluate the borrower’s financial statements to determine whether a given borrower’s 

balance sheet provides for appropriate levels of equity and working capital. 

•  Since most of our borrowers are closely held companies, we require the principals to guarantee 

the company debt. Our underwriting process, therefore, includes an evaluation of the 
guarantor’s net worth, income and credit history. Where circumstances warrant, we may 
require guarantees be secured by collateral (generally with real estate). 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
•  Where there is a reliance on the accounts receivable and inventory of a company, we evaluate 

their condition, which may include third party onsite audits. 

Monitoring: For those borrowers whose credit availability is tied to a formula based on advances 
as a percentage of accounts receivable and inventory (typically ranging from 40%-80% and from 0%-50%, 
respectively), we review monthly borrowing base certificates for both availability and turnover trends. 
Periodically, we also conduct third party onsite audits, the frequency of which is dependent on the 
individual borrower. On a quarterly basis, we monitor the financial performance of a borrower by 
analyzing the borrower’s financial statements for compliance with financial covenants. 

Trade Finance Credits 

Our trade finance portfolio totaled $73.2 million, or approximately 6% of our total loan portfolio 

as of December 31, 2008. Of this amount, virtually all loans were made to U.S. based importers who are 
also our current borrowers or depositors. We also provide standby letters of credit and foreign exchange 
services to our clients. Our new trade finance credit relationships result from contacts and relationships 
with existing clients, CPAs and trade facilitators such as customs brokers. In many cases, the ability to 
generate new trade finance business is also a result of cultivated social contacts and extended family. 

We offer the following services to importers: 

•  Commercial letters of credit; 

• 

Import lines of credit; 

•  Documentary collections; 

• 

International wire transfers; and 

•  Acceptances/trust receipt financing. 

We offer the following services to exporters: 

•  Export letters of credit; 

•  Export finance; 

•  Documentary collections; 

•  Bills purchase program; and 

• 

International wire transfers. 

Loan Origination: Our trade finance origination process is equivalent to our commercial loan 

process. Since we lend only to U.S. based companies, our due diligence process is equivalent to that of our 
commercial loan process with an emphasis on evaluating and verifying the assets of the borrowers and 
principals. 

Underwriting Standards: Trade finance underwriting standards are based on our commercial loan 

standards. Typically, these loans are secured by receivables and inventories with advance rates similar to 
that of commercial loans. In many cases, we also require real estate or cash as partial collateral to further 
enhance our collateral position. However, in underwriting these credits, we also analyze the borrower’s 
working capital requirements with a greater focus on the trade cycle and seasonality of the inventory being 
imported. Often an importer needs to order product months in advance, which requires us to structure the 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
credit to accommodate the issuance of letters of credit early in the season and to carry accounts receivable 
after shipping. 

Monitoring: We monitor trade finance credits by reviewing monthly borrowing base certificates 
of accounts receivable and inventory for both availability and turnover trends and tracking loan covenants 
on a quarterly basis. To supplement our review of borrowing bases, we utilize the services of third party 
accounts receivable and inventory auditors for certain credits. Finally, it is accepted trade finance practice 
to fund the payment of letters of credit on a “tenor” basis. That means that an advance under the trade 
finance line has a maturity (commonly 90 days). This serves as a self-monitoring mechanism because a 
matured and unpaid advance is a possible indicator of poor accounts receivable and/or inventory turnover. 

Loan Concentrations 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Bank to concentrations of credit risk consist 
primarily of loans and investments.  These concentrations may be impacted by changes in economics, 
industry or political factors.  The Bank monitors its exposure to these financial instruments and obtains 
collateral as appropriate to mitigate such risk. 

As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the concentration of loans secured by real estate in our total 

loan portfolio was approximately 72%. Over the course of 2008, the local and national economy has seen a 
substantial deterioration that has been led by residential real estate. California has been particularly hard hit 
among a few other states. This has put a substantial amount of pressure on the value of our residential 
construction and residential-use land loans. As such, we have seen a significant increase in non-performing 
loans in these two sectors. This increase in non-performing loans has led to substantial loan losses and 
significant increase in the provision for loan losses over the course of 2008 and we expect this trend to 
continue well into 2009. Management is actively seeking to decrease our concentrations of residential 
construction loans and residential-use land loans through foreclosure, payoffs and note sales. 

Our construction and commercial real estate loans by type of collateral are as follows: 

Property Type 

Commercial/Office 
Retail(1) 
Industrial 
1-4 family 
Multi-family 
Land/Special purpose(2) 
Total 

At December 31, 2008 

Amount 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

  $ 

  $ 

101,513 
109,780 
70,153 
258,041 
143,064 
        200,949 
        883,500 

Percentage of Loans 
in Each Category in 
Total Loan Portfolio 

8.24% 
8.92 
5.70 
20.96 
11.62 
16.32 
71.76% 

Includes shopping centers, strip malls or stand-alone properties which house retailers. 

(1) 
(2)  Examples, other than land, include hospitality and self-storage. 

To manage the risks inherent in this concentration in our loan portfolio, we have adopted a 
number of policies and procedures. Below is a list of the maximum loan-to-values used that must be met at 
loan origination, however, in practice, we rarely originate loans at loan-to-value ratios that are this high. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateral Type 

Occupied 1-4 
Unimproved land 
Land development 
Improved properties 
Commercial construction 
1-4 SFR construction 

  LTV  
Maximum 

90% 
65% 
75% 
85% 
80% 
85% 

Our underwriting practice, however, is to lend at lower LTV’s. At December 31, 2008, the 
weighted average LTV of our construction and commercial real estate portfolio based on LTVs at the time 
of origination was 58%. 

Our practice is to require DCR’s on commercial real estate loans of 1.2x to 1.25x, depending on 

the property type. We also underwrite our commercial real estate loans using a rate that is 1-2% greater 
than the proposed interest rate on the loan. 

In addition, we have established certain concentration limits for our real estate lending activities 
by property type. Our other real estate loan limitations include out of area (California) lending at no more 
than 15% of our portfolio. At December 31, 2008, 5.1% of our real estate portfolio was secured by real 
estate located outside of California. 

Loan Maturities 

In addition to measuring and monitoring concentrations in our loan portfolio, we also monitor the 
maturities and interest rate structure of our portfolio. The following table shows the amounts of loans and 
leases outstanding as of December 31, 2008 which, based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal, 
were due in one year or less, more than one year through five years, and more than five years. The table 
also presents, for loans and leases with maturities over one year, an analysis with respect to fixed interest 
rate loans and leases and floating interest rate loans and leases. 

At December 31, 2008 

Maturity 

Rate Structure for 

Loans Maturing 
Over One Year 

One Year  
or Less 

$  360,481 
271,161 
175,662 
69,007 
3 
        589 
  876,903 

$ 

One 
through 
Five Years 

$ 199,766 
19,642 
87,462 
3,900 
45 
        — 
$ 310,815 

Over Five 
Years 

Total 

Fixed 
Rate 

Floating 
Rate 

(In thousands) 

$

32,450 
— 
10,766 
298 
— 
      — 
$  43,514 

$

592,697 
290,803 
273,890 
73,205 
  48 
           589 
$    1,231,232 

$ 

$ 

39,114 
6,999 
179 
— 
15 
        — 
    46,307  

$

$

193,102 
12,643 
98,049 
4,198 
30 
          — 
308,022 

Real estate mini-perm 
Real estate-construction 
Commercial 
Trade finance 
Consumer 
Other 
Total 

The following table shows the amounts of loans and leases outstanding as of December 31, 2007, 
which, based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal, were due in one year or less, more than one 
year through five years, and more than five years. Demand or other loans having no stated maturity and no 
stated schedule of repayments are reported as due in one year or less. The table also presents, for loans and 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
leases with maturities over one year, an analysis with respect to fixed interest rate loans and leases and 
floating interest rate loans and leases. 

At December 31, 2007 

Maturity 

Rate Structure for 

Loans Maturing 
Over One Year 

One Year  
or Less 

$  268,018 
162,379 
316,037 
67,361 
— 

One 
through 
Five Years 

$ 209,218 
82,228 
50,669 
23,858 
44 

Over Five 
Years 

Total 

Fixed 
Rate 

Floating 
Rate 

(In thousands) 

$

41,068 
11,305 
— 
346 
— 

$

518,304 
255,912 
366,706 
91,565 
44 

$ 

23,696 
198 
— 
— 
— 

$

226,590 
93,335 
50,669 
24,204 
44 

       452 
$  814,247 

       116 
$ 366,133 

        — 
$  52,719 

           568 
$    1,233,099 

      116 
 24,010 

$ 

          — 
394,842 

$

Real estate mini-perm 
Commercial 
Real estate-construction 
Trade finance 
Consumer 
Leases receivable and 

other 

Total 

As reflected in this data, the maturity of our portfolio is divided generally between loans maturing 
within one year or less and loans maturing between one and five years. Most of our shorter maturity loans 
are commercial, construction and trade finance loans. Most of the loans that have maturities between one 
and five years are real estate-mini perm loans. Regardless of maturity, most of our loans have interest rates 
that adjust with changes in the Prime Rate. 

Loan Authorizations 

• 

Individual Authorities. Individual loan officers have approval authority up to $1.5 million for 
loans secured by first trust deeds or cash and up to $500,000 for unsecured transactions. The 
Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Credit Officer have combined approval authority up to 
$7.0 million for secured loans and up to $5.0 million for unsecured loans. 

•  Management Loan Committee. The Management Loan Committee consists of the Chief 

Executive Officer, the Chief Credit Officer and senior commercial and real estate lending 
officers. It has approval authority up to $20.0 million for secured loans and up to $12.0 million 
for unsecured loans. 

•  Board of Directors Loan Committee. Our Board of Directors loan committee consists of three 
members of the board of directors. It has approval authority up to our legal lending limit, 
which was approximately $41.6 million for real estate secured loans and $24.9 million for 
unsecured loans at December 31, 2008. The Board of Directors loan committee also reviews 
all loan commitments granted in excess of $1.0 million on a quarterly basis for the preceding 
quarter. 

All individual loan authorities are granted by the loan committee of our Board of Directors and 

are based on the individual’s demonstrated credit judgment and lending experience. 

If a credit falls outside of the guidelines set forth in our lending policies, the loan is not approved 

until it is reviewed by a higher level of credit approval authority. Credit approval authority has three levels, 
as listed above from lowest to highest level. Policy exceptions for cash flow, waiver of guarantee, 
excessive LTV or bad credit require approval of the President or Chief Credit Officer regardless of size. 

We believe that the current authority levels provide satisfactory management and a reasonable 

percentage of secondary review. Any conditions placed on loans in the approval process must be satisfied 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
before our Chief Credit Officer will release loan documentation for execution. Our Chief Credit Officer 
and his staff work entirely independent of loan production and have full responsibility for all loan 
disbursements. 

Loan Grading and Loan Review 

We seek to quantify the risk in our lending portfolio by maintaining a loan grading system 

consisting of eight different categories (Grades 1-8). The grading system is used to determine, in part, the 
provision for loan losses. The first four grades in the system are considered satisfactory. The other four 
grades range from a “special mention” category to a “loss” category. These four grades are further 
discussed below under the section subtitled “classified assets.” 

The originating loan officer initially assigns a grade to each credit as part of the loan approval 

process. Such grade may be changed as a loan application moves through the approval process. 

Prior to funding, all new loans of $1.0 million or over are reviewed by our Chief Credit Officer 

who may assign a different grade to the credit. The grade on each individual loan is reviewed at least 
annually by the loan officer responsible for monitoring the credit. The Board of Directors reviews monthly 
the aggregate amount of all loans graded as special mention, substandard or doubtful, and each individual 
loan that has a grade within such range. Additionally, changes in the grade for a loan may occur through 
any of the following means: 

•  monthly reviews by the Chief Credit Officer of a sample of loans approved under individual 

loan authority; 

• 

bank regulatory examinations; and 

•  monthly action plans submitted to the Chief Credit Officer by the responsible lending officers 

for each credit graded 5-8. 

Loan Delinquencies: When a borrower fails to make a committed payment, we attempt to cure the 

deficiency by contacting the borrower to seek payment. Habitual delinquencies and loans delinquent 30 
days or more are reviewed for possible changes in grading. 

Classified Assets: Federal regulations require that each insured bank classify its assets on a regular 

basis. In addition, in connection with examinations of insured institutions, examiners have authority to 
identify problem assets, and, if appropriate, classify them. We use grades 5-8 of our loan grading system to 
identify potential problem assets. 

The following describes grades 5-8 of our loan grading system: 

• 

• 

Special Mention—Grade 5. Generally these are assets that display negative trends or other 
causes for concern. This grade is regarded as a transition category. We will either upgrade the 
credit if meaningful progress is evident within six months, or downgrade the credit to a more 
severe grade as appropriate. 

Substandard—Grade 6. These are assets that in management’s judgment have potential 
weaknesses that may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects and, therefore, deserve 
the attention of management. Usually, these assets are long-term problems that are likely to 
remain and require management action plans. These loans exhibit an increasing reliance on 
collateral for repayment. 

•  Doubtful—Grade 7. These assets are inadequately protected by the current worth and paying 
capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any. Although loss may not be 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
imminent, if the weaknesses are not corrected, there is a good possibility that we will sustain 
some loss. 

•  Loss—Grade 8. Assets classified as “loss” are considered uncollectible and of such little value 
in the near term that their continuance as active assets is not warranted. This does not mean 
they have no recovery or salvage value. 

Deposit Products and Other Sources of Funds 

Our primary sources of funds for use in our lending and investment activities consist of: 

• 

deposits and related services; 

•  maturities and principal and interest payments on loans and securities; and 

• 

borrowings. 

We closely monitor rates and terms of competing sources of funds and utilize those sources we 

believe to be the most cost effective consistent with our asset and liability management policies. 

Deposits and Related Services: We have historically relied primarily upon, and expect to continue 

to rely primarily upon, deposits to satisfy our needs for sources of funds. An important balance sheet 
component impacting our net interest margin is the composition and cost of our deposit base. We can 
improve our net interest margin to the extent that growth in deposits can be focused in the less volatile and 
somewhat more traditional core deposits, or total deposits less CDs greater than $100,000, commonly 
referred to as Jumbo CDs. 

We provide a wide array of deposit products. We offer regular checking, savings, NOW and 

money market deposit accounts; fixed-rate, fixed maturity retail certificates of deposit ranging in terms 
from 14 days to five years; and individual retirement accounts and non-retail certificates of deposit 
consisting of Jumbo CDs. We attempt to price our deposit products in order to promote deposit growth and 
satisfy our liquidity requirements. We provide courier service to pick up non-cash deposits and, for those 
customers that use large amounts of cash, we arrange for armored car and vault service. 

We provide a high level of personal service to our high net worth individual customers who have 

significant funds available to invest. We believe our Jumbo CDs are a stable source of funding because 
they are based primarily on service and personal relationships with senior Bank officers rather than interest 
rate. Further, 14% of these Jumbo CDs are pledged as collateral for loans from us to the depositor or the 
depositor’s affiliated business or family member. We monitor interest rates offered by our competitors and 
pay a rate we believe is competitive with the range of rates offered by such competitors. 

From time to time, we also access the deposit broker market for deposits to meet short-term 

liquidity requirements. At December 31, 2008, we held $236.8 million of deposits obtained in this manner. 
In addition, we also are a member of the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service, or “CDARS”. 
Our membership allows us to share our deposits that exceed FDIC insurance limits with other financial 
institutions and other financial institutions share their deposits with us in a reciprocal deposit-sharing 
transaction that allows our customers to receive full FDIC insurance coverage on their large deposit 
balances. This arrangement has been deemed to be considered a brokered deposit by regulators and thus 
must be reported as such even though the deposits represent customer relationships. As of December 31, 
2008 we had $94.3 million in CDARS deposits.  

There were no significant rate differences between the rates on these deposits as compared to our 

internally generated Jumbo CDs. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
We intend to focus our efforts on attracting deposits from our business lending relationships in 
order to reduce our cost of funds and improve our net interest margin. Also, we believe that we have the 
ability to attract sufficient additional funding by re-pricing the yields on our CDs in order to meet loan 
demands during times that growth rates in core deposits differ from loan growth rates. 

In addition to the marketing methods listed above, we seek to attract new clients and deposits by: 

• 

expanding long-term business customer relationships, including referrals from our customers, 
and 

• 

building deposit relationships through our branch relationship officers. 

On October 3, 2008, the FDIC temporarily raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance 
coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor through December 31, 2009 under the Emergency 
Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.  

Additionally, the Bank has elected to participate in the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee 
Program (TLGP) program where the FDIC provides unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 
2009, for certain transaction accounts at FDIC-insured participating institutions.  

Other Borrowings: We also borrow from the FHLB pursuant to an existing commitment based on 

the value of the collateral pledged (both loans and securities) in our portfolio. We had $58 million in 
outstanding FHLB advances with a weighted average interest rate of 4.04% and a remaining maturity 
greater than one year at December 31, 2008. We currently have $118.6 million in additional available 
borrowing capacity at the FHLB. In addition, we have pledged $59.9 million securities at the Federal 
Reserve Bank Discount Window and may borrow against that as well. 

Our Investment Activities 

Our investment strategy is designed to be complementary to and interactive with our other 
strategies (i.e., cash position; borrowed funds; quality, maturity, stability and earnings of loans; nature and 
stability of deposits; capital and tax planning). The target percentage for our investment portfolio is 
between 10% and 40% of total assets. Our general objectives with respect to our investment portfolio are 
to: 

• 

• 

• 

achieve an acceptable asset/liability mix; 

provide a suitable balance of quality and diversification to our assets; 

provide liquidity necessary to meet cyclical and long-term changes in the mix of assets and 
liabilities; 

• 

provide a stable flow of dependable earnings; 

•  maintain collateral for pledging requirements; 

•  manage and mitigate interest rate risk; 

• 

• 

comply with regulatory and accounting standards; and 

provide funds for local community needs. 

Investment securities consist primarily of U.S. agency issues, investment grade corporate notes, 

municipal bonds and mortgage-backed securities. In addition, for bank liquidity purposes, we use (1) 
overnight federal funds, which are temporary overnight sales of excess funds to correspondent banks and 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
(2) interest-bearing deposits at other financial institutions, which consist of certificates of deposit spread 
over many financial institutions to take advantage of 100% FDIC insured coverage. 

As of December 31, 2008 the company classified all of its investment securities as “available-for-

sale” pursuant to SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. 
Available for sale securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from 
earnings and instead reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Held to maturity securities 
would be securities that we have both the intent and the ability to hold to maturity. These securities would 
be carried at cost adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount. 

Our securities portfolio is managed in accordance with guidelines set by our investment policy. 

Specific day-to-day transactions affecting the securities portfolio are managed by our Chief Financial 
Officer. In accordance with our written investment policy, all executions also require the prior written 
approval of the CEO and President. These securities activities are reviewed periodically, as needed, by our 
investment committee and are reported to our Board of Directors. 

Our investment policy addresses strategies, types and levels of allowable investments and is 
reviewed and approved annually by our Board of Directors. It also limits the amount we can invest in 
various types of securities, places limits on average life and duration of securities, and limits the securities 
dealers with whom we can conduct business. 

Our Concentrations/Customers 

Except as described below, no individual or single group of related accounts is considered 

material in relation to our assets or deposits or in relation to our overall business. Approximately 72% of 
our loan portfolio at December 31, 2008 consisted of real estate-secured loans, including commercial loans 
secured by real estate, construction loans and real estate mini-perm loans. Moreover, our business activities 
are focused in Southern California. Consequently, our business is dependent on the trends of this regional 
economy, and in particular, the commercial real estate markets. At December 31, 2008, we had 268 loans 
in excess of $1.0 million, totaling $1.1 billion. These loans comprise approximately 26% of our loan 
portfolio based on number of loans and 89% based on total loans outstanding balance. Excluding credit 
card and consumer overdraft lines, our average loan size is $1.2 million. 

At December 31, 2008, excluding government deposits, brokered deposits and deposits as direct 
collateral for loans, we had 43 depositors with deposits in excess of $3.0 million that totaled $249 million 
or 19.8% of our total deposits. 

Our Competition 

The banking and financial services business in Southern California is highly competitive. This 

increasingly competitive environment faced by banks is a result primarily of changes in laws and 
regulation, changes in technology and product delivery systems, and the accelerating pace of consolidation 
among financial services providers. We compete for loans, deposits and customers with other commercial 
banks, savings and loan associations, securities and brokerage companies, mortgage companies, insurance 
companies, finance companies, money market funds, credit unions and other nonbank financial services 
providers. Many of these competitors are much larger in total assets and capitalization, have greater access 
to capital markets, including foreign ownership and/or offer a broader range of financial services than we 
can offer. 

We also compete with three publicly listed Chinese-American banks, and subsidiary banks and 

branches of foreign banks, from countries such as Taiwan and China, many of which have greater lending 
limits, and a wider variety of products and services. Additionally, we compete with Chinese-American and 
mainstream community banks for both deposits and loans. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
Competition for deposit and loan products remains strong from both banking and non-banking 

firms and this competition directly affects the rates of those products and the terms on which they are 
offered to consumers. 

Technological innovation continues to contribute to greater competition in domestic and 
international financial services markets. Many customers now expect a choice of several delivery systems 
and channels, including telephone, mail, internet, ATMs, and remote deposit capture. 

Mergers between financial institutions have placed additional pressure on banks to consolidate 

their operations, reduce expenses and increase revenues to remain competitive. In addition, competition has 
intensified due to federal and state interstate banking laws, which permit banking organizations to expand 
geographically with fewer restrictions than in the past. These laws allow banks to merge with other banks 
across state lines, thereby enabling banks to establish or expand banking operations in our market. The 
competitive environment is also significantly impacted by federal and state legislation that make it easier 
for non-bank financial institutions to compete with us. 

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION 

The following discussion of statutes and regulations affecting banks is only a summary and does 

not purport to be complete. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to such statutes and 
regulations. No assurance can be given that such statutes or regulations will not change in the future. 

General 

The Bank is extensively regulated under both federal and state laws. Regulation and supervision 

by the federal and state banking agencies is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the 
Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), and 
not for the benefit of shareholders. Set forth below is a summary description of key laws and regulations 
which relate to the Bank’s operations. These descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the 
applicable laws and regulations. 

As a California state-chartered bank which is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, we are 

subject to supervision, periodic examination and regulation by the California Commissioner of Financial 
Institutions and the Department of Financial Institutions (“DFI”), as the Bank’s state regulator, and by the 
FDIC as the Bank’s primary federal regulator. The regulations of these agencies govern most aspects of 
our business, including the making of periodic reports by us, and our activities relating to dividends, 
investments, loans, borrowings, capital requirements, certain check-clearing activities, branching, mergers 
and acquisitions, reserves against deposits and numerous other areas. Supervision, legal action and 
examination of us by the FDIC are generally intended to protect depositors and are not intended for the 
protection of shareholders. If, as a result of an examination, either the DFI or the FDIC should determine 
that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or 
other aspects of the Bank’s operations are unsatisfactory or that the Bank or its management is violating or 
has violated any law or regulation, various remedies are available to the DFI and the FDIC. These remedies 
include the power to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or 
practice; enter into informal nonpublic or formal public memoranda of understanding or written 
agreements with the Bank to take corrective action; issue an administrative cease and desist order that can 
be judicially enforced; direct an increase in capital; enjoin unsafe or unsound practices; restrict the Bank’s 
growth; assess civil monetary penalties; and remove officers and directors. Ultimately the FDIC could 
terminate the Bank’s FDIC insurance and the DFI could revoke the Bank’s charter or take possession and 
close and liquidate the Bank. 

The Bank’s profitability, like most financial institutions, is primarily dependent on our ability to 
maintain a favorable differential or “spread” between the yield on our interest-earning assets and the rate 
paid on our deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities. In general, the difference between the interest 
rates paid by the Bank on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and other borrowings, and the interest 
rates received by the Bank on our interest-earning assets, such as loans extended to customers and 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
securities held in our investment portfolio, will comprise the major portion of the Bank’s earnings. These 
rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the control of the Bank, such as inflation, 
recession and unemployment, and the impact which future changes in domestic and foreign economic 
conditions might have on the Bank cannot be predicted. 

The Bank’s business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal 

government, and the policies of the regulatory agencies, particularly the FRB. The FRB implements 
national monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) through its 
open-market operations in United States government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves 
for financial institutions subject to its reserve requirements and by varying the target federal funds and 
discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the FRB in these areas 
influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and also affect interest earned on interest-
earning assets and paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The nature and impact of any future changes in 
monetary and fiscal policies on the Bank cannot be predicted. 

Changes such as the following in federal or state banking laws or the regulations, policies or 

guidance of the federal or state banking agencies could have an adverse cost or competitive impact on the 
Bank’s operations: 

(i)  In December 2006, the federal banking agencies issued final guidance to reinforce sound risk 
management practices for bank holding companies and banks in commercial real estate (CRE) 
loans which establishes CRE concentration thresholds as criteria for examiners to identify CRE 
concentration that may warrant further analysis. The implementation of these guidelines could 
result in increased reserves and capital costs for banks with “CRE concentration.” Management 
believes that the Bank’s CRE portfolio as of December 31, 2008 does not have the risks 
associated with high CRE concentration due to mitigating factors, including moderate loan-to-
value ratios, adequate debt coverage ratios and a wide variety of property types located primarily 
in infill locations. 

(ii)  In September 2006, the federal banking agencies issued final guidance and, subsequently, in 
March 2007 proposed additional guidance on alternative or “nontraditional” residential mortgage 
products that allow borrowers to defer repayment of principal and sometimes interest, including 
“interest-only” mortgage loans, and “payment option” adjustable rate mortgages (“ARMs”) where 
a borrower has flexible payment options, including payments that have the potential for negative 
amortization, and ARMs with low initial payments based on a fixed introductory or “teaser” rate 
that adjusts after a short initial period. While acknowledging that innovations in mortgage lending 
can benefit some consumers, the guidance states that management should (1) assess a borrower’s 
ability to repay the loan, including any principal balances added through negative amortization, at 
the fully indexed rate that would apply after the introductory period; (2) recognize that certain 
nontraditional mortgages are untested in a stressed environment and warrant strong risk 
management standards as well as appropriate capital and loan loss reserves; and (3) ensure that 
borrowers have sufficient information to clearly understand loan terms and associated risks prior 
to making a product or payment choice. The Bank does not presently offer any mortgage products 
which are the subject of the banking agencies’ present or proposed guidance. 

(iii)  Pursuant to the Financial Services Regulatory Relief Act of 2006, the SEC and the Federal 
Reserve have released, as Regulation R, joint proposed rules expected to be finalized by midyear 
to implement exceptions provided for in the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”) for bank 
securities activities which banks may conduct without registering with the SEC as securities 
brokers or moving such activities to a broker-dealer affiliate. The proposed Regulation R “push 
out” rules exceptions would allow a bank, subject to certain conditions, to continue to conduct 
securities transactions for customers as part of the Bank’s trust and fiduciary, custodial and 
deposit “sweep” functions, and to refer customers to a securities broker-dealer pursuant to a 
networking arrangement with the broker-dealer. The Bank does not presently engage in any 
securities activities. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Because California law permits commercial banks chartered by the state to engage in any activity 

permissible for national banks, the Bank may form subsidiaries to engage in the many so-called “closely 
related to banking” or “nonbanking” activities commonly conducted by national banks in operating 
subsidiaries, and, further, may conduct certain “financial” activities in a subsidiary to the same extent as 
may a national bank. Generally, a financial subsidiary is permitted to engage in activities that are “financial 
in nature” or incidental thereto, even though they are not permissible for the national bank to conduct 
directly within the bank. The definition of “financial in nature” includes, among other items, underwriting, 
dealing in or making a market in securities, including, for example, distributing shares of mutual funds. A 
financial subsidiary may not, however, under present law, engage as principal in underwriting insurance 
(other than credit life insurance), issue annuities or engage in real estate brokerage or development or in 
merchant banking activities. In order to form a financial subsidiary, the Bank must be “well-capitalized,” 
“well-managed” and in satisfactory compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”). Further, 
the Bank must exclude from its assets and capital all equity investments, including retained earnings, in a 
financial subsidiary, and the assets of a financial subsidiary may not be consolidated with the Bank’s 
assets. The Bank would also be subject to the same risk management and affiliate transaction rules that 
apply to national banks with financial subsidiaries. 

The Bank is also subject to the requirements and restrictions of various consumer laws, 

regulations and the Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA. 

Recent Economic Developments 

Negative developments beginning in the latter half of 2007 in the sub-prime mortgage market and the 
securitization markets for such loans and other factors have resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets 
in general and a related general economic downturn, which continued through 2008 and are anticipated to 
continue at least well through 2009. Dramatic declines in the housing market, with decreasing home prices 
and increasing delinquencies and foreclosures, have negatively impacted the credit performance of 
mortgage and residential construction loans and resulted in significant write-downs of assets by many 
financial institutions. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many commercial as well as 
residential loans have declined and may continue to decline. General downward economic trends, reduced 
availability of commercial credit and increasing unemployment have negatively impacted the credit 
performance of commercial and consumer credit, resulting in additional write-downs. Concerns over the 
stability of the financial markets and the economy have resulted in decreased lending by financial 
institutions to their customers and to each other. This market turmoil and tightening of credit has led to 
increased commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of customer confidence, increased market 
volatility and widespread reduction in general business activity. Competition among depository institutions 
for deposits has increased significantly. Bank stock prices have been negatively affected as has the ability 
of banks to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets compared to recent years. The bank regulatory 
agencies have been very aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, and 
this has resulted in the increased issuance of enforcement orders and other supervisory actions requiring 
action to address credit quality, liquidity and risk management and capital adequacy, as well as other safety 
and soundness concerns.  

Capital Standards 

The federal banking agencies have adopted risk-based minimum capital guidelines for banks 

which are intended to provide a measure of capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking 
organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets, and transactions, 
such as letters of credit and recourse arrangements, which are recorded as off-balance sheet items. 

The risk-based capital ratio is determined by classifying assets and certain off-balance sheet 
financial instruments into weighted categories, with higher levels of capital being required for those 
categories perceived as representing greater risk. Under the capital guidelines, a banking organization’s 
total capital is divided into tiers. “Tier I capital” consists of (1) common equity, (2) qualifying 
noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, (3) a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
stock and (4) minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries (including trust-
preferred securities), less goodwill and certain other intangible assets. Qualifying Tier I capital may consist 
of trust-preferred securities, subject to certain criteria and quantitative limits for inclusion of restricted core 
capital elements in Tier I capital. “Tier II capital” consists of hybrid capital instruments, perpetual debt, 
mandatory convertible debt securities, a limited amount of subordinated debt, preferred stock and trust-
preferred securities that do not qualify as Tier I capital, a limited amount of the allowance for loan and 
lease losses and a limited amount of unrealized holding gains on equity securities. “Tier III capital” 
consists of qualifying unsecured subordinated debt. The sum of Tier II and Tier III capital may not exceed 
the amount of Tier I capital. 

The risk-based capital guidelines require a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-

adjusted assets of 8.0%, and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-adjusted assets of 4.0%. In addition 
to the risk-based guidelines, the federal bank regulatory agencies require banking organizations to maintain 
a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital to total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio. For a banking 
organization rated well capitalized, in the highest of the five categories used by regulators to rate banking 
organizations, the minimum leverage ratio of Tier I capital to total assets must be 3.0%. 

An institution’s risk-based capital, leverage capital and tangible capital ratios together determine 
the institution’s capital classification. An institution is treated as well capitalized if its total capital to risk-
weighted assets ratio is 10.00% or more; its core capital to risk-weighted assets ratio is 6.00% or more; and 
its core capital to adjusted total assets ratio is 5.00% or more. At December 31, 2008, the Bank’s capital 
ratios exceed these minimum percentage requirements to be considered well capitalized. 

The current risk-based capital guidelines are based upon the 1988 capital accord of the 

International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. A new international accord, referred to as Basel II, 
which emphasizes internal assessment of credit, market and operational risk, supervisory assessment and 
market discipline in determining minimum capital requirements, currently becomes mandatory for large 
international banks outside the U.S. in 2008. In October 2006, the U.S. federal banking agencies issued a 
notice of proposed rulemaking for comment to implement Basel II for U.S. banks with certain differences 
from the international Basel II framework and which would not be fully in effect for U.S. banks until 2012. 
Further, the U.S. banking agencies propose to retain the minimum leverage requirement and prompt 
corrective action regulatory standards. In December 2006 the federal banking agencies issued another 
notice of proposed rulemaking for comment, referred to as Basel IA that proposed alternative capital 
requirements for smaller U.S. banks which may be negatively impacted competitively by certain provisions 
of Basel II. Additional guidance issued in February 2007 stated the agencies’ expectation that to determine 
the extent to which banks should hold capital in excess of regulatory minimum levels, examiners would 
examine the combined implications of a bank’s compliance with qualification requirements for regulatory 
risk-based capital standards, the quality and results of the bank’s internal capital adequacy assessment 
process, and the examiners’ assessment of the bank’s risk profile and capital position. At this time the 
impact that proposed changes in capital requirements may have on the cost and availability of different 
types of credit and the potential compliance cost to the Bank of implementing the requirements of the final 
rulemaking which is applicable to the Bank are uncertain. 

A bank that does not achieve and maintain the required capital levels may be issued a capital 
directive by the FDIC to ensure the maintenance of required capital levels. As discussed above, we are 
required to maintain certain levels of capital. The regulatory capital guidelines as well as our actual 
capitalization as of December 31, 2008 are as follows: 

Leverage Ratio 
Preferred Bank .................................................................................................    9.76% 
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution ...............................  5.00% 
Minimum regulatory requirement ....................................................................  4.00% 

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio 
Preferred Bank .................................................................................................  10.39% 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution ...............................  6.00% 
Minimum regulatory requirement ....................................................................  4.00% 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio 
Preferred Bank ................................................................................................     11.65% 
 10.00% 
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution ..............................  
  8.00% 
Minimum regulatory requirement ...................................................................  

Dividends and Other Transfers of Funds 

The Bank is subject to various statutory and regulatory restrictions on its ability to pay dividends. 

Under such restrictions, the amount available for payment of dividends totaled $28 million at December 
31, 2008. In addition, the banking agencies have the authority to prohibit the Bank from paying dividends, 
depending upon the Bank’s financial condition, if such payment would be deemed to constitute an unsafe 
or unsound practice. 

Prompt Corrective Action 

The FDIC also possesses broad powers under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDI Act”) 

to take “prompt corrective action” and other supervisory action to resolve the problems of insured 
depository institutions that fall within any undercapitalized category. An institution that, based upon its 
capital levels, is classified as well capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized may be treated as 
though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and 
opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice 
warrants such treatment. At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is 
subject to more restrictions. 

In addition, the federal banking agencies have adopted non-capital safety and soundness standards 

to assist examiners in identifying and addressing potential safety and soundness concerns before capital 
becomes impaired. The guidelines set forth operational and managerial standards relating to: (i) internal 
controls, information systems and internal audit systems, (ii) loan documentation, (iii) credit underwriting, 
(iv) asset quality and growth, (v) earnings, (vi) risk management, and (vii) compensation and benefits. 

Subprime Lending Guidelines 

As a result of a number of federally insured financial institutions extending their lending risk 

selection standards to attract lower credit quality borrowers due to their loans having higher interest rates 
and fees, the federal banking regulatory agencies have jointly issued interagency guidance on subprime 
lending, including guidance issued in September 2006 and March 2007 on nontraditional residential 
mortgage products. Subprime lending involves extending credit to individuals with less than good credit 
histories. The guidelines consider subprime lending a high-risk activity that is unsafe and unsound if the 
risks associated with subprime lending are not properly controlled. The federal banking agencies expect 
regulatory capital one and one-half to three times higher than that typically set aside for prime assets for 
institutions that: 

• 

• 

have subprime assets equal to 25% or higher of Tier 1 capital, or 

have subprime portfolios experiencing rapid growth or adverse performance trends, are 
administered by inexperienced management, or have inadequate or weak controls. 

The Bank presently does not engage in subprime lending. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums for Deposit Insurance 

Through the DIF, the FDIC insures our customer deposits up to prescribed limits for each depositor. The 
amount of FDIC assessments paid by each DIF member institution is based on its relative risk of default as 
measured by regulatory capital ratios and other supervisory factors. Pursuant to the Emergency Economic 
Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”), the maximum deposit insurance amount has been increased from 
$100,000 to $250,000 through December 31, 2009.  The amount of FDIC assessments paid by each DIF 
member institution is based on its relative risk of default as measured by regulatory capital ratios and other 
supervisory factors. Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005, the FDIC is authorized 
to set the reserve ratio for the DIF annually at between 1.15% and 1.50% of estimated insured deposits.  

The FDIC may increase or decrease the assessment rate schedule on a semi-annual basis. In an 
effort to restore capitalization levels and to ensure the DIF will adequately cover projected losses from 
future bank failures, the FDIC, in October 2008, proposed a rule to alter the way in which it differentiates 
for risk in the risk-based assessment system and to revise deposit insurance assessment rates, including 
base assessment rates. First quarter 2009 assessment rates were increased to between 12 and 50 cents for 
every $100 of domestic deposits, with most banks paying between 12 and 14 cents.  

On February 27, 2009, the FDIC approved an interim rule to institute a one-time special 
assessment of 20 cents per $100 in domestic deposits to restore the DIF reserves depleted by recent bank 
failures. The interim rule additionally reserves the right of the FDIC to charge an additional up-to-10 basis 
point special premium at a later point if the DIF reserves continue to fall. The FDIC also approved an 
increase in regular premium rates for the second quarter of 2009. For most banks, this will be between 12 
to 16 basis points per $100 in domestic deposits. Premiums for the rest of 2009 have not yet been set. 

Additionally, by participating in the TLGP, banks temporarily become subject to "systemic risk 

special assessments" of 10 basis points for transaction account balances in excess of $250,000 assessments 
up to 100 basis points of the amount of TLGP debt issued. Further, all FDIC-insured institutions are 
required to pay assessments to the FDIC to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing 
Corporation ("FICO"), an agency of the Federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to 
the DIF. The FICO assessment rates, which are determined quarterly, averaged 0.0112% of insured 
deposits in fiscal 2008. These assessments will continue until the FICO bonds mature in 2017.  

            The FDIC may terminate a depository institution's deposit insurance upon a finding that the 
institution's financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or 
unsound practices that pose a risk to the DIF or that may prejudice the interest of the bank's depositors. The 
termination of deposit insurance for a bank would also result in the revocation of the bank's charter by the 
DFI.  

Federal Home Loan Bank System 

We are a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, or FHLB. Among other 
benefits, each of the 12 Federal Home Loan Banks, serves as a reserve or central bank for its members 
within its assigned region. The FHLB makes available loans or advances to its members in compliance 
with the policies and procedures established by the board of directors of the individual FHLB. As an FHLB 
member, we are required to own a certain amount of restricted capital stock and maintain a certain amount 
of cash reserves in the FHLB. 

At December 31, 2008, the Bank was in compliance with the FHLB’s stock ownership and cash 
reserve requirements. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, our investment in FHLB capital stock totaled 
$4,996,000 and $4,700,000, respectively. 

Each FHLB is required to provide funds to the Affordable Housing Program and the Resolution 

Funding Corporation. Due to this requirement and recent market developments, the FHLB could reduce the 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
amount of dividends paid to the Bank and could also raise interest rates on future advances to the Bank. If 
dividends were reduced or interest rates on future advances were increased, the Bank's net interest margin 
would also be impacted. 

Interstate Banking and Branching 

Subject to certain size limitations under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking Act, banks have the 
ability to acquire or merge with banks in other states; and, subject to certain state restrictions, banks may 
also acquire or establish new branches outside their home state. Interstate branches are subject to certain 
laws of the states in which they are located. The Bank presently has not engaged in any interstate banking 
activity. 

Securities Registration 

The Bank’s securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) 
as adopted by the FDIC. As such, among other requirements, the Bank is subject to the information, proxy 
solicitation, insider trading, corporate governance and other requirements and restrictions of the Exchange 
Act. 

Foreign Operations 

The Bank has a representative office in Taipei, Taiwan. During the third quarter of 2007, the Bank 

established a new subsidiary, PB Investment and Consulting, Inc. The purpose of this subsidiary is to 
operate a Representative Office for Preferred Bank in Taipei, Taiwan. This office’s primary function is to 
coordinate banking services and facilitate communications with customers of Preferred Bank in Taiwan. 
The new subsidiary has been funded with $30,000 in initial capital. Our Taipei office operates under the 
supervision of Taiwan Banking Authorities. 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses accounting oversight and corporate governance 

matters and, among other things: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

required executive certification of financial presentations; 

increased requirements for board audit committees and their members; 

enhanced disclosure of controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting; 

enhanced controls on, and reporting of, insider trading; and 

increased penalties for financial crimes and forfeiture of executive bonuses in certain 
circumstances. 

This legislation and its implementing regulations resulted in increased costs of compliance, 

including certain outside professional costs. To date, these costs have not had a material impact on the 
Bank. 

USA PATRIOT Act 

The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and its implementing regulations significantly expanded the 

anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws. Under the USA PATRIOT Act, financial 
institutions are required to establish and maintain anti-money laundering programs which include: 

• 

the establishment of a customer identification program; 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

the development of internal policies, procedures, and controls; 

the designation of a compliance officer; 

an ongoing employee training program; and 

an independent audit function to test the programs. 

The Bank has adopted comprehensive policies and procedures to address the requirements of the 

USA PATRIOT Act. Material deficiencies in anti-money laundering compliance can result in public 
enforcement actions by the banking agencies, including the imposition of civil money penalties and 
supervisory restrictions on growth and expansion. Such enforcement actions could also have serious 
reputation consequences for the Bank. 

Federal Reserve System 

The FRB requires all depository institutions to maintain reserves, which earned interest at 0.25% 
as of December 31, 2008, at specified levels against their transaction accounts (primarily checking, NOW 
“negotiable order of withdrawal” and Super NOW checking accounts) and non-personal time deposits. As 
of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we were in compliance with these requirements as established by the 
Federal Reserve Bank to maintain reserve balances of $579,000 and $1,305,000, respectively. 

Impact of Monetary Policies 

Our earnings and growth are subject to the influence of domestic and foreign economic 
conditions, including inflation, recession and unemployment. Our earnings are affected not only by general 
economic conditions but also by the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and federal agencies, 
particularly the FRB. The FRB can and does implement national monetary policy, such as seeking to curb 
inflation and combat recession, by its open market operations in United States government securities and 
by its control of the discount rates applicable to borrowings by banks from the FRB. The actions of the 
FRB in these areas influence the growth of bank loans and leases, investments and deposits and affect the 
interest rates charged on loans and leases and paid on deposits. The FRB’s policies have had a significant 
effect on the operating results of commercial banks and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The 
nature and timing of any future changes in monetary policies are not predictable. 

Loans-to-One Borrower Limitations 

With certain limited exceptions, the maximum amount of obligations, secured or unsecured, that 
any borrower (including certain related entities) may owe to a California state bank at any one time may 
not exceed 25% of the sum of the shareholders’ equity, allowance for loan losses, capital notes and 
debentures of the bank. Unsecured obligations may not exceed 15% of the sum of the shareholders’ equity, 
allowance for loan losses, capital notes and debentures of the bank. The Bank has established internal loan 
limits which are lower than the legal lending limits for a California bank. At December 31, 2008, the 
Bank’s largest single lending relationship had a combined outstanding balance of $31.3 million, secured 
predominantly by commercial real estate properties in the Bank’s lending area, and which is performing in 
accordance with their terms of the Bank’s loans. 

Extensions of Credit to Insiders and Transactions with Affiliates 

The Bank is subject to Federal Reserve Regulation O and companion California banking law 

limitations and conditions on loans or extensions of credit to: 

• 

the Bank’s executive officers, directors and principal shareholders (i.e., in most cases, those 
persons who own, control or have power to vote more than 10% of any class of voting 
securities); 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

any company controlled by any such executive officer, director or shareholder; or 

any political or campaign committee controlled by such executive officer, director or principal 
shareholder. 

Loans and leases extended to any of the above persons must comply with loan-to-one-borrower 

limits, require prior full board approval when aggregate extensions of credit to the person exceed specified 
amounts, must be made on substantially the same terms (including interest rates and collateral) as, and 
follow credit-underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than those prevailing at the time for 
comparable transactions with non-insiders, and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or 
present other unfavorable features. In addition, Regulation O provides that the aggregate limit on 
extensions of credit to all insiders of a bank as a group cannot exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and 
unimpaired surplus. Regulation O also prohibits a bank from paying an overdraft on an account of an 
executive officer or director, except pursuant to a written pre-authorized interest-bearing extension of 
credit plan that specifies a method of repayment or a written pre-authorized transfer of funds from another 
account of the officer or director at the bank. California has laws and the DFI has regulations which adopt 
and also apply Regulation O to the Bank. 

The Bank also is subject to certain restrictions imposed by Federal Reserve Act Sections 23A and 

23B and Federal Reserve Regulation W on any extensions of credit to, or the issuance of a guarantee or 
letter of credit on behalf of, any affiliates, the purchase of, or investments in, stock or other securities 
thereof, the taking of such securities as collateral for loans, and the purchase of assets of any affiliates. 
Such restrictions prevent any affiliates from borrowing from the Bank unless the loans are secured by 
marketable obligations of designated amounts. Further, such secured loans and investments to or in any 
affiliate are limited, individually, to 10.0% of the Bank’s capital and surplus (as defined by federal 
regulations), and such secured loans and investments are limited, in the aggregate, to 20.0% of the Bank’s 
capital and surplus. A financial subsidiary is considered an affiliate subject to these restrictions whereas 
other nonbanking subsidiaries are not considered affiliates. Additional restrictions on transactions with 
affiliates may be imposed on the Bank under the FDI Act prompt corrective action provisions and the 
supervisory authority of the federal and state banking agencies. 

Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations 

Examination and enforcement by the state and federal banking agencies for non-compliance with 
consumer protection laws and their implementing regulations have become more intense. We are subject to 
many consumer statutes and regulations, some of which are discussed below. The Bank is also subject to 
federal and state laws prohibiting unfair or fraudulent business practices, untrue or misleading advertising 
and unfair competition. 

The Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, or HOEPA, requires extra disclosures 
and consumer protections to borrowers for certain lending practices. The term “predatory lending,” much 
like the terms “safety and soundness” and “unfair and deceptive practices,” is far-reaching and covers a 
potentially broad range of behavior. As such, it does not lend itself to a concise or a comprehensive 
definition. Typically, however, predatory lending involves at least one, and perhaps all three, of the 
following elements: 

•  making unaffordable loans based on the assets of the borrower rather than on the borrower’s 

ability to repay an obligation (“asset-based lending”); 

• 

• 

inducing a borrower to refinance a loan repeatedly in order to charge high points and fees 
each time the loan is refinanced (“loan flipping”); and/or 

engaging in fraud or deception to conceal the true nature of the loan obligation from an 
unsuspecting or unsophisticated borrower. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
Regulations and banking agency guidelines aimed at curbing predatory lending significantly 
widen the pool of high-cost home-secured loans covered by HOEPA. In addition, the regulations bar 
certain refinances within a year with another loan subject to HOEPA by the same lender or loan servicer. 
Lenders also will be presumed to have violated the law—which says loans should not be made to people 
unable to repay them—unless they document that the borrower has the ability to repay. Lenders that violate 
the rules face cancellation of loans and penalties equal to the finance charges paid. The Bank does not 
expect these rules and potential state action in this area to have a material impact on our financial condition 
or results of operations. 

Privacy policies are required by federal banking regulations which limit the ability of banks and 

other financial institutions to disclose nonpublic information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. 
Pursuant to those rules, financial institutions must provide: 

• 

• 

• 

initial notices to customers about their privacy policies, describing the conditions under which 
they may disclose nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties and affiliates; 

annual notices of their privacy policies to current customers; and 

a reasonable method for customers to “opt out” of disclosures to nonaffiliated third parties. 

These privacy protections affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified 

financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. In addition, state laws may impose more restrictive 
limitations on the ability of financial institutions to disclose such information. California has adopted such 
a privacy law that, among other things, generally provides that customers must “opt in” before information 
may be disclosed to certain nonaffiliated third parties. 

The Fair Credit Reporting Act, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, or 
the FACT Act, requires financial firms to help deter identity theft, including developing appropriate fraud 
response programs, and gives consumers more control of their credit data. It also reauthorizes a federal ban 
on state laws that interfere with corporate credit granting and marketing practices. In connection with the 
FACT Act, the federal financial institution regulatory agencies proposed rules that would prohibit an 
institution from using certain information about a consumer it received from an affiliate to make a 
solicitation to the consumer, unless the consumer has been notified and given a chance to opt out of such 
solicitations. A consumer’s election to opt out would be applicable for at least five years. The agencies 
have also proposed guidelines required by the FACT Act for financial institutions and creditors which 
require financial institutions to identify patterns, practices and specific forms of activity, known as “Red 
Flags,” that indicate the possible existence of identity theft and require financial institutions to establish 
reasonable policies and procedures for implementing these guidelines. 

The Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act, or Check 21, facilitates check truncation and 
electronic check exchange by authorizing a new negotiable instrument called a “substitute check,” which is 
the legal equivalent of an original check. Check 21 does not require banks to create substitute checks or 
accept checks electronically; however, it does require banks to accept a legally equivalent substitute check 
in place of an original. In addition to its issuance of regulations governing substitute checks, the Federal 
Reserve has issued final rules governing the treatment of remotely created checks (sometimes referred to as 
“demand drafts”) and electronic check conversion transactions (involving checks that are converted to 
electronic transactions by merchants and other payees). 

The Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA, is intended to encourage insured depository 

institutions, while operating safely and soundly, to help meet the credit needs of their communities. The 
CRA specifically directs the federal regulatory agencies, in examining insured depository institutions, to 
assess a bank’s record of helping meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and 
moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The CRA further 
requires the agencies to take a financial institution’s record of meeting its community credit needs into 
account when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches, mergers or acquisitions, 
or holding company formations. The agencies use the CRA assessment factors in order to provide a rating 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
to the financial institution. The ratings range from a high of “outstanding” to a low of “substantial 
noncompliance.” 

The Equal Credit Opportunity Act, or ECOA, generally prohibits discrimination in any credit 

transaction, whether for consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national 
origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance 
programs, or good faith exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit Protection Act. 

The Truth in Lending Act, or TILA, is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a 

meaningful way so that consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. As a result 
of the TILA, all creditors must use the same credit terminology to express rates and payments, including 
the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount financed, the total of payments and the payment 
schedule, among other things. 

The Fair Housing Act, or FH Act, regulates many practices, including making it unlawful for any 

lender to discriminate in its housing-related lending activities against any person because of race, color, 
religion, national origin, sex, handicap or familial status. A number of lending practices have been found 
by the courts to be, or may be considered, illegal under the FH Act, including some that are not specifically 
mentioned in the FH Act itself. 

The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, or HMDA, grew out of public concern over credit shortages 

in certain urban neighborhoods and provides public information that will help show whether financial 
institutions are serving the housing credit needs of the neighborhoods and communities in which they are 
located. The HMDA also includes a “fair lending” aspect that requires the collection and disclosure of data 
about applicant and borrower characteristics as a way of identifying possible discriminatory lending 
patterns and enforcing anti-discrimination statutes. The Federal Reserve amended regulations issued under 
HMDA to require the reporting of certain pricing data with respect to higher priced mortgage loans for 
review by the federal banking agencies from a fair lending perspective. We do not expect the HMDA data 
reported by the Bank to raise material issues regarding its compliance with the fair lending laws. 

The Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, or RESPA, requires lenders to provide borrowers with 

disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements. Also, RESPA prohibits certain abusive 
practices, such as kickbacks, and places limitations on the amount of escrow accounts. Penalties under the 
above laws may include fines, reimbursements and other penalties. 

Finally, the National Flood Insurance Act, or NFIA, requires homes in flood-prone areas with 

mortgages from a federally regulated lender to have flood insurance. Hurricane Katrina focused awareness 
on this requirement. Lenders are required to provide notice to borrowers of special flood hazard areas and 
require such coverage before making, increasing, extending or renewing such loans. Financial institutions 
which demonstrate a pattern and practice of lax compliance are subject to the issuance of cease and desist 
orders and the imposition of per loan civil money penalties, up to a maximum fine which currently is 
$125,000. Fine payments are remitted to the Federal Emergency Management Agency for deposit into the 
National Flood Mitigation Fund. 

Due to heightened regulatory concern related to compliance with HOEPA, privacy laws and 

regulations, FACT, Check 21, CRA, TILA, FH Act, ECOA, HMDA, RESPA and NFIA generally, we may 
incur additional compliance costs or be required to expend additional funds for CRA investments. 

Recent and Proposed Legislation 

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governmental 
authorities and are subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements 
and restrictions on part or all of their respective operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the 
laws, rules and regulations applicable to us are subject to regular modification and change. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
From time to time, federal and state legislation is enacted which may have the effect of materially 

increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities, or affecting the 
competitive balance between banks and other financial service providers. Proposals to change the laws and 
regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks and other financial institutions are frequently 
made in Congress, in the California legislature and before various bank regulatory agencies. The Bank 
cannot predict whether or when potential legislation will be enacted, and if enacted the effect that it, or any 
implementing regulations, would have on our financial condition or results of operations. In addition, the 
outcome of any investigations initiated by state or federal authorities or litigation may result in necessary 
changes in our operations, additional regulation and increased compliance costs. 

The EESA increased Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) deposit insurance on most 
accounts from $100,000 to $250,000. This increase is in place until the end of 2009 with no increase in 
deposit insurance premiums paid by the banking industry. In addition, the FDIC has implemented two 
temporary liquidity programs to (i) provide deposit insurance for the full amount of most non-interest 
bearing transaction accounts (the “Transaction Account Guarantee”) through the end of 2009 and 
(ii) guarantee certain unsecured senior debt of financial institutions and their holding companies through 
June 2012 under a temporary liquidity guarantee program (the “Debt Guarantee Program” and together the 
“TLGP”). The Bank has elected to participate in both the Debt Guarantee Program and the Temporary 
Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”). The FDIC charges “systemic risk special assessments” to 
depository institutions that participate in the TLGP. The FDIC has recently proposed that Congress give 
the FDIC expanded authority to charge fees to those holding companies which benefit directly and 
indirectly from the FDIC guarantees.  

Financial Services Modernization Legislation 

On November 12, 1999 the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, also known as the Financial 
Services Modernization Act, was signed into law. The Financial Services Modernization Act is intended to 
modernize the banking industry by removing barriers to affiliation among banks, insurance companies, the 
securities industry and other financial service providers. It provides financial organizations with the 
flexibility of structuring such affiliations through a holding company structure or through a financial 
subsidiary of a bank, subject to certain limitations. The Financial Services Modernization Act establishes a 
new type of bank holding company known as a financial holding company that may engage in an expanded 
list of activities that are financial in nature, which include securities and insurance brokerage, securities 
underwriting, insurance underwriting and merchant banking. 

The Financial Services Modernization Act also sets forth a system of functional regulation that 
makes the FRB the “umbrella supervisor” for holding companies, while providing for the supervision of 
the holding company’s subsidiaries by other federal and state agencies. A bank holding company may not 
become a financial holding company if any of its subsidiary financial institutions are not well-capitalized 
or well-managed. Further, each bank subsidiary of the holding company must have received at least a 
satisfactory CRA rating. The Financial Services Modernization Act also expands the types of financial 
activities a national bank may conduct through a financial subsidiary, addresses state regulation of 
insurance, provides privacy protection for nonpublic customer information of financial institution’s, 
modernizes the FHLB system, and makes miscellaneous regulatory improvements. The FRB and the 
Secretary of the Treasury must coordinate their supervision regarding approval of new financial activities 
to be conducted through a financial holding company or through a financial subsidiary of a bank. While the 
provisions of the Financial Services Modernization Act regarding activities that may be conducted through 
a financial subsidiary directly apply only to national banks, those provisions indirectly apply to state-
chartered banks. 

In addition, we are subject to other provisions of the Financial Services Modernization Act, 

including those relating to CRA, privacy and safe-guarding confidential customer information, regardless 
of whether we elect to establish a holding company and become a financial holding company or to conduct 
activities through a financial subsidiary. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
We do not believe that the Financial Services Modernization Act will have a material adverse 

effect on our operations in the near term. However, to the extent that it permits banks, securities firms and 
insurance companies to affiliate, the financial services industry will continue to experience further 
consolidation. The Financial Services Modernization Act is intended to grant to community banks certain 
powers as a matter of right that larger institutions have accumulated on an ad hoc basis. Nevertheless, this 
act may have the result of increasing the amount of competition that we face from larger institutions and 
other types of companies offering financial products, many of which may have substantially more financial 
resources than us. 

Safety and Soundness Standards 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, or FDICIA, imposes certain 

specific restrictions on transactions and requires federal banking regulators to adopt overall safety and 
soundness standards for depository institutions related to internal control, loan underwriting and 
documentation and asset growth. Among other things, FDICIA limits the interest rates paid on deposits by 
undercapitalized institutions, restricts the use of brokered deposits, limits the aggregate extensions of credit 
by a depository institution to an executive officer, director, principal shareholder or related interest and 
reduces deposit insurance coverage for deposits offered by undercapitalized institutions for deposits by 
certain employee benefits accounts. The federal banking agencies may require an institution to submit to an 
acceptable compliance plan as well as have the flexibility to pursue other more appropriate or effective 
courses of action given the specific circumstances and severity of an institution’s noncompliance with one 
or more standards. 

California Financial Information Privacy Act 

The California Financial Information Privacy Act, or CFIPA, which was enacted in August 2003, 

imposes stricter limits on the use of consumers’ nonpublic personal information by financial institutions 
beyond those imposed by the Financial Services Modernization Legislation. CFIPA applies to any financial 
institution doing business in California, but only with respect to the individual consumers of the institution 
that reside in California. 

Under CFIPA, and subject to certain specified exceptions, a financial institution must now obtain 

a consumer’s written consent before disclosing the consumer’s nonpublic personal information to any 
nonaffiliated third party. Before releasing a consumer’s nonpublic personal information to an affiliate, the 
financial institution must give the consumer the opportunity to direct that his or her information not be 
disclosed. This “opt-out” requirement also applies to information a financial institution discloses in 
connection with (1) certain joint marketing agreements with other financial institutions and (2) agreements 
with “affinity partners” in whose name the financial institution issues credit cards or other financial 
products. A financial institution that meets certain conditions may, however, share nonpublic personal 
information with its wholly owned financial institution subsidiaries or sister companies engaged in the 
same line of business. 

CFIPA provides a statutory form of “opt-out” notice that a financial institution may use to offer 
consumers the opportunity to communicate their privacy preferences. A financial institution may satisfy 
CFIPA’s notice requirements by sending out this form annually. Alternatively, a financial institution may 
use its own form, subject to specific requirements and limitations. 

Since these provisions are more restrictive than the privacy provisions of the Financial Services 

Modernization Act, CFIPA would require us to adopt new policies, procedures and disclosure 
documentation. The cost of complying with this legislation is not predictable at this time. 

Employees 

As of December 31, 2008, the Bank had a total of 142 full-time equivalent employees. None of 
the employees are represented by a union or collective bargaining group. The management of the Bank 
believes that their employee relations are satisfactory. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
Available Information 

The Bank also maintains an internet website at www.preferredbank.com. The Bank makes its 

website content available for information purposes only. It should not be relied upon for investment 
purposes. 

We are subject to the reporting and other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 

amended. In accordance with Sections 12, 13 and 14 of the Exchange Act and as a bank that is not a 
member of the Federal Reserve System, we file certain reports, proxy materials, information statements and 
other information with the FDIC, copies of which can be inspected and copied at the public reference 
facilities maintained by the FDIC, at the Public Reference Section, Room F-6043, 550 17th Street, N.W., 
Washington, DC 20429. Requests for copies may be made by telephone at (202) 898-8913 or by fax at 
(202) 898-3909. [Form 3, 4 and 5 filed electronically with FDIC, at the FDIC’s website at 
http://www.fdic.gov.] 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 

Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results 

In addition to the other information on the risks we face and our management of risk contained in 
this annual report or in our other filings, the following are significant risks which may affect our business, 
financial condition, operations and prospects and the value and price of our common stock could decline. 
The risks identified below are not intended to be a comprehensive list of all risks we face and additional 
risks that we may currently view as not material may also impair our business operations and results. 

Difficult economic and market conditions have adversely affected our industry 

Dramatic declines in the housing market, with decreasing home prices and increasing delinquencies 
and foreclosures, have negatively impacted the credit performance of mortgage and construction loans and 
resulted in significant write-downs of assets by many financial institutions. General downward economic 
trends, reduced availability of commercial credit and increasing unemployment have negatively impacted 
the credit performance of commercial and consumer credit, resulting in additional write-downs. Concerns 
over the stability of the financial markets and the economy have resulted in decreased lending by financial 
institutions to their customers and to each other. This market turmoil and tightening of credit has led to 
increased commercial and consumer deficiencies, lack of customer confidence, increased market volatility 
and widespread reduction in general business activity. Financial institutions have experienced decreased 
access to deposits and borrowings. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and businesses and the 
lack of confidence in the financial markets may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of 
operations and stock price. We do not expect that the difficult conditions in the financial markets are likely 
to improve in the near future. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects 
of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the financial institutions industry. In particular, we 
may face the following risks in connection with these events:  

•    We potentially face increased regulation of our industry. Compliance with such regulation may 
increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities. Proposals have been 
discussed that call for a complete overhaul of the current regulatory framework applicable to 
commercial banks. We cannot assess the impact of any such changes on our business at this time. 

•    The process we use to estimate losses inherent in our credit exposure requires difficult, subjective 
and complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how these economic 
conditions might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. The level of uncertainty 
concerning economic conditions may adversely affect the accuracy of our estimates which may, in 
turn, impact the reliability of the process.  

30 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
•    We may be required to pay significantly higher FDIC premiums because market developments have 
significantly depleted the insurance fund of the FDIC and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured 
deposits. As previously discussed, the FDIC is increasing assessments on FDIC-insured institutions 
and may impose a one-time assessment of 10-20 basis points on all deposits on June 30, 2009. 

•    Our banking operations are concentrated primarily in California. Adverse economic conditions in 
this region in particular could further impair borrowers’ ability to service their loans, decrease the 
level and duration of deposits by customers, and further erode the value of loan collateral. These 
conditions include the effects of the current general decline in real estate sales and prices in many 
markets across the United States, the current economic recession, and higher rates of 
unemployment. These conditions could increase the amount of our non-performing assets and have 
an adverse effect on our efforts to collect our non-performing loans or otherwise liquidate our non-
performing assets (including other real estate owned) on terms favorable to us, if at all, and could 
also cause a decline in demand for our products and services, or a lack of growth or a decrease in 
deposits, any of which may cause us to incur losses, adversely affect our capital, and hurt our 
business.  

A continued deterioration in the California real estate market could hurt our business because 

most of our loans are secured by real estate located in California. As of December 31, 2008, approximately 
72% of the book value of our loan portfolio consisted of loans collateralized by various types of real estate. 
Real estate values and real estate markets are generally affected by changes in national, regional or local 
economic conditions, fluctuations in interest rates and the availability of loans to potential purchasers, 
changes in tax laws and other laws, regulations and policies and acts of nature. In addition, real estate 
values in California could be affected by, among other things, earthquakes and national disasters particular 
to the state. If real estate prices decline, particularly in California, the value of real estate collateral securing 
our loans could be significantly reduced. As a result, we may experience greater charge-offs and, similarly, 
our ability to recover on defaulted loans by foreclosing and selling the real estate collateral would then be 
diminished and we would be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans. If there is a significant decline 
in real estate values, especially in California, the collateral for our loans will provide less security. 

If current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, there can be no assurance 
that we will not experience an adverse effect, which may be material, on our ability to access capital and 
on our business, financial condition and results of operations 

Recent legislative and regulatory initiatives to address difficult market and economic conditions may 

not stabilize the U.S. banking system. On Oct. 3, 2008, President Bush signed into law the Emergency 
Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) and, on February 17, 2009, President Obama signed into 
law the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (the “ARRA”) in response to the current crisis in the 
financial sector. The U.S. Treasury and banking regulators are implementing a number of programs under 
this legislation to address capital and liquidity issues in the banking system. There can be no assurance, 
however, as to the actual impact that the EESA and the ARRA will have on the financial markets, 
including the extreme levels of volatility and limited credit availability currently being experienced. The 
failure of these legislations to help stabilize the financial markets and a continuation or worsening of 
current financial market conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition, results of operations, access to credit, or the value of our securities.  

Recent Developments related to the subprime mortgage market and the capital markets and the 

response of Congress and bank regulators to such developments could adversely affect banks in the 
future. 

Negative developments in the latter half of 2007 in the subprime mortgage market and the 
securitization markets for such loans have contributed to uncertainty in the financial markets generally and 
the expectation of a general economic downturn in 2008 and are anticipated to continue at least well 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
through 2009.  Performance of consumer loans and residential mortgage loan portfolios are reported to 
have deteriorated at many institutions. The values of real estate collateral supporting many residential 
mortgages and commercial loans have declined and may continue. Stock prices of financial companies, 
including banks and bank holding companies, have decreased substantially, which could negatively affect 
the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets compared to 
recent years. There is a potential for new federal or state laws and regulations regarding lending and 
funding practices and liquidity standards, and bank regulatory agencies are expected to be very aggressive 
in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the expected issuance of many 
formal enforcement orders. 

We rely heavily on our senior management team and other key employees, the loss of whom 

could materially and adversely affect our business. 

Our success depends heavily on the abilities and continued service of our executive officers, 

especially Li Yu, our founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Yu, who founded the 
company, is integral to implementing our business plan. We currently do not have an employment 
agreement or non-competition agreement with Mr. Yu. Accordingly, members of our senior management 
team are not contractually prohibited from leaving or joining one of our competitors. If we lose the services 
of any of our executive officers, especially Mr. Yu, our business, financial condition, results of operations 
and cash flows may be adversely affected. Furthermore, attracting suitable replacements may be difficult 
and may require significant management time and resources. 

We also rely to a significant degree on the abilities and continued service of our private banking, 

loan origination, underwriting, administrative, marketing and technical personnel. Competition for 
qualified employees and personnel in the banking industry is intense and there are a limited number of 
qualified persons with knowledge of, and experience in, the California community banking industry. The 
process of recruiting personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to carry out our 
strategies is often lengthy. If we fail to attract and retain qualified management personnel and the necessary 
deposit generation, loan origination, underwriting, administrative, finance, marketing and technical 
personnel, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be materially 
adversely affected. 

A natural disaster or recurring energy shortage, especially in California, could harm our 

business. 

Historically, Southern California has been vulnerable to natural disasters. Therefore, we are 

susceptible to the risks of natural disasters, such as earthquakes, wildfires, floods and mudslides. Natural 
disasters could harm our operations directly through interference with communications, as well as through 
the destruction of facilities and our operational, financial and management information systems. Uninsured 
or underinsured disasters may reduce a borrower’s ability to repay mortgage loans. Disasters may also 
reduce the value of the real estate securing our loans, impairing our ability to recover on defaulted loans. 
Southern California has also experienced energy shortages which, if they recur, could impair the value of 
the real estate in those areas affected. The occurrence of natural disasters or energy shortages in Southern 
California could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations 
and cash flows. 

Our business is subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may negatively affect 

our financial performance. 

Market interest rates are affected by many factors that are beyond our control and are hard to 

predict, including inflation, recession, performance of the stock markets, a rise in unemployment, 
tightening money supply, exchange rates, monetary and other policies of various governmental and 
regulatory agencies, domestic and international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial 
markets. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
Changes in the interest rate environment may reduce our profits. Changes in interest rates will 

influence not only the interest we receive on our loans and investment securities and the amount of interest 
we pay on deposits, it will also affect our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits and our costs in 
doing so. Rising interest rates, generally, are associated with a lower volume of loan originations, while 
lower interest rates are usually associated with higher loan originations. 

We expect that we will continue to realize a substantial portion of our income from the differential 

or “spread” between the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest 
paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Because interest rates are based on the 
maturity, re-pricing and other characteristics of an instrument, conditions that trigger changes in interest 
rates do not produce equivalent changes in interest income earned on our interest-earning assets and 
interest expense paid on our interest-bearing liabilities. Accordingly, fluctuations in interest rates could 
adversely affect our interest rate spread and, in turn, our profitability. 

In addition, an increase in the general level of interest rates may adversely affect the ability of 

some borrowers to pay the interest on and principal of their obligations, which could reduce our cash flows 
and harm our asset quality. In rising interest rate environments, loan repayment rates may decline and in 
falling interest rate environments, loan repayment rates may increase. 

We face strong competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer 

banking services, and our failure to compete effectively with these companies could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

We conduct our operations primarily in California. The banking and financial services businesses 
in California are highly competitive and increased competition within California may result in reduced loan 
originations and deposits. Ultimately, we may not be able to compete successfully against current and 
future competitors. Many competitors offer the types of loans and banking services that we offer in our 
service areas. These competitors include national banks, regional banks and other community banks. We 
also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including saving and loan 
associations, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit union, mortgage banks and 
other financial intermediaries. In particular, our competitors include financial institutions whose greater 
resources may afford them a marketplace advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous banking 
locations and mount extensive promotional and advertising campaigns. Areas of competition include 
interest rates for loans and deposits, efforts to obtain loan and deposit customers and a range in quality of 
products and services provided, including new technology-driven products and services. Competitive 
conditions may intensify as continued merger activity in the financial services industry produces larger, 
better-capitalized and more geographically diverse companies. Additionally, banks and other financial 
institutions with larger capitalization and financial intermediaries not subject to bank regulatory restrictions 
may have larger lending limits which would allow them to serve the credit needs of larger customers. 
These institutions, particularly to the extent they are more diversified than we are, may be able to offer the 
same loan products and services we offer at more competitive rates and prices. 

We also face competition from out-of-state financial intermediaries that have opened loan 
production offices or that solicit deposits in our market areas. If we are unable to attract and retain banking 
customers, we may be unable to continue our loan growth and level of deposits, and our business, financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows may be materially adversely affected. 

If our underwriting practices are not effective, we may suffer further losses in our loan 

portfolio and our results of operations may be harmed. 

We seek to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio by adhering to specific underwriting 

practices. Depending on the type of loan, these practices include analysis of a borrower’s prior credit 
history, financial statements, tax returns and cash flow projections, valuation of collateral based on reports 
of independent appraisers and verification of liquid assets. Although we believe that our underwriting 
criteria are appropriate for the types of loans we make, we cannot assure you that they will be effective in 
mitigating all risks. Although the Bank has significantly curtailed its lending activities and substantially 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
tightened its underwriting standards, if our more underwriting criteria in effect when loans were granted 
proves to be ineffective, we may incur additional losses in our loan portfolio, and these losses may exceed 
the amounts set aside as reserves in our allowance for loan losses. 

If our allowance for loan and lease losses is inadequate to cover actual losses, our financial 

results would be harmed. 

A significant source of risk arises from the possibility that we could sustain losses because 

borrowers, guarantors and related parties may fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans 
and leases. Although a substantial amount of loan losses have been incurred in 2008, the underwriting and 
credit monitoring policies and procedures that we have adopted to address this risk may not prevent 
additional losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows. Additional losses may arise for a wide variety of reasons, many of which are 
beyond our ability to predict, influence or control. Some of these reasons could include a continued 
economic downturn in the State of California, a further decline in the California real estate market, changes 
in the interest rate environment, adverse economic conditions in Asia and natural disasters. 

Like all financial institutions, we maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for 

loan and lease defaults and non-performance. Our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate 
to cover actual loan and lease losses, and future provisions for loan and lease losses could materially and 
adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Our allowance for 
loan and lease losses reflects our best estimate of the losses inherent in the existing loan and lease portfolio 
at the relevant balance sheet date and is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan 
and lease portfolio, which evaluation is based on historical loss experience and other significant factors. 
The determination of an appropriate level of loan and lease loss allowance is an inherently difficult process 
and is based on numerous assumptions. The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in economic, 
operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates, that may be beyond our control and 
these losses may exceed current estimates. While we believe that our allowance for loan and lease losses is 
adequate to cover current losses, we cannot assure you that we will not increase the allowance for loan and 
lease losses further or that regulators will not require us to increase our allowance. Either of these 
occurrences could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations 
would not affect cash flow directly. 

If the risks inherent in construction lending are further realized, our net income could be 

adversely affected. 

At December 31, 2008, our construction loans were $290.8 million, or 24% of our total loans and 

leases held, and the average loan size of our construction loans was $4.6 million. The risks inherent in 
construction lending include, among other things, the possibility that contractors may fail to complete, or 
fail to complete on a timely basis, construction of the relevant properties; substantial cost overruns in 
excess of original estimates and financing; market deterioration during construction; and a lack of 
permanent take-out financing. Loans secured by these properties also involve additional risk because the 
properties have no operating histories. In these loans funds are advanced upon the security of the project 
under construction, which is of uncertain value prior to completion of construction, and the estimated 
operating cash flow to be generated, by the completed project. The borrowers’ ability to repay their 
obligations to us and the value of our security interest in the collateral will be materially adversely affected 
if the projects do not generate sufficient cash flow by being either sold or leased. Construction lending has 
been a significant source of the loan losses incurred in 2008 and this may continue into 2009 due to 
declining real estate values and lack of available financing to sell finished residential properties. 

If the appraised value of our real property collateral is greater than the proceeds we realize 

from a sale or foreclosure of the property, we may suffer a loss in our loan portfolio. 

In considering whether to make a loan on or secured by real property, we require an appraisal on 

such property. However, an appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
   
appraisal is made. If the appraisal does not reflect the amount that may be obtained upon any sale or 
foreclosure of the property, we may not realize an amount equal to the indebtedness secured by the 
property and we may suffer further losses in our loan portfolio. 

Adverse economic conditions in Asia could impact our business adversely. 

We believe that our Chinese-American customers maintain significant ties to many Asian 
countries and, therefore, could be affected by economic and other conditions in those countries. We cannot 
predict the behavior of the Asian economies. U.S. economic policies, the economic policies of countries in 
Asia, domestic unrest and/or military tensions, crises in leadership succession, currency devaluations, and 
an unfavorable global economic condition may among other things adversely impact the Asian economies. 
We generally do not loan to customers or take collateral located outside of Southern California. However, 
if Asian economic conditions should continue to deteriorate, we could experience an outflow of deposits 
by our Chinese-American customers. In addition, adverse economic conditions could prevent or delay 
these customers from meeting their obligations to us. This may adversely impact the recoverability of 
investments with or loans made to these customers. Adverse economic conditions may also negatively 
impact asset values and the profitability and liquidity of companies operating in Asia, which will also 
impact the Bank’s liquidity. 

At December 31, 2008, approximately $73.2 million, or 6%, of our loan portfolio consisted of 

loans made to finance international trade activities. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in 
interest rates, governmental regulation of international trade activities, currency valuation, price 
competition, competition from other financial institutions and general economic and political conditions 
could negatively impact the amount of goods imported to and exported from the United States, the ability 
of borrowers to repay loans made by us, and the number and extent of importers’ and exporters’ need for 
our trade finance activities. It is possible that if the U.S. dollar weakens against other foreign currencies, 
the cost of imported goods will increase, which could have an adverse impact on some of our customers 
who import goods for resale in the United States. Such factors could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

If we cannot attract deposits, our growth may be inhibited. 

We plan to increase significantly the level of our assets, including our loan portfolio. Our ability 

to increase our asset base depends in large part on our ability to attract additional deposits at attractive 
rates. We intend to seek additional deposits by continuing to establish and strengthening our personal 
relationships with our customers and by offering deposit products that are competitive with those offered 
by other financial institutions in our markets. We cannot assure you that these efforts will be successful. 
Our inability to attract additional deposits at competitive rates could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

We rely primarily on large certificates of deposits to fund our operations, and the potential 
volatility of such deposits and the unavailability of any such funds in the future could adversely impact our 
growth strategy and prospects. 

We primarily rely on deposits, in particular certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more, or Jumbo 
CDs, to fund our operations. At December 31, 2008, we held $464.1 million of Jumbo CDs, representing 
37% of total deposits. These deposits are considered by the banking industry to be volatile and could be 
subject to withdrawal. Withdrawal of a material amount of such deposits would adversely impact our 
liquidity, profitability, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Our inability to raise additional capital when needed or on favorable terms could inhibit our 

growth and could harm our operations. 

To the extent that our deposits and total assets continue to grow, we may need to increase our 

capital in order to maintain our compliance with regulatory capital requirements. We may also need 
additional capital to fund growth in our loan portfolio or in the event we are unable to attract sufficient 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
deposits in order to fund our growth. We cannot predict the timing and amount of our future capital 
requirements. If our capital needs exceed our earnings, we may seek funding through the capital markets; 
however, we may not be able to obtain capital when we need to or when it would be advantageous for us to 
do so. Failure to raise capital when needed could limit or eliminate our ability to grow, or in extreme 
instances, materially adversely affect our operations. Moreover, even if capital is available, it may be upon 
terms that are not favorable to existing common shareholders and could dilute their interest. 

Our inability to manage our growth could harm our business. 

Our financial performance and profitability depend on our ability to execute our corporate growth 

strategy. We anticipate that our asset size and deposit base will continue to grow over time, perhaps 
significantly but not in the immediate future. In the long term, in addition to seeking deposit and loan 
growth in our existing markets, we intend to pursue expansion opportunities through strategically placed 
new branches, or by acquiring branch locations that we find attractive as they become available. Continued 
growth, however, may present operating and other integration problems. Our growth plans may place a 
strain on our administrative, operational, staffing and financial resources and increase demands on our 
systems and controls. To manage the expected growth of our operations and personnel, we will be required 
to, among other things: 

•  maintain effective transaction processing, operational and financial systems, procedures and 

controls; 

•  maintain effective underwriting guidelines; and 

• 

expand our employee base and train and manage this growing employee base. 

The following risks, associated with our growth, internally or by acquisition, could have a material 

adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the potential disruption of our ongoing business 

our inability to continue to upgrade or maintain effective operating and financial control 
systems 

our inability to recruit and hire necessary personnel or to successfully integrate new personnel 
into our operations 

our inability to successfully integrate the operations of an acquired business or to manage our 
growth effectively 

the inability of our management to maximize our financial and strategic position after 
acquisitions by successful implementation of uniform product offerings and the incorporation 
of uniform technology into our produce offerings, services and control systems 

the inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies and the 
impairment of relationships with employees and customers as a result of changes in 
management 

our inability to respond promptly or adequately to the emergence of unexpected expansion 
difficulties 

We cannot assure you that we will be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems 

encountered in connection with implementing our internal growth strategies. If we are unable to manage 
our growth effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be 
materially adversely affected. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology 

from third-party service providers, and we may suffer an interruption in or break of those systems. 

We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology 

from third-party service providers, and we may suffer an interruption in or break of those systems that may 
result in lost business and we may not be able to obtain substitute providers on terms that are as favorable 
if our relationships with our existing service providers are interrupted. We rely heavily on third-party 
service providers for much of our communications, information, operating and financial control systems 
technology, including customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, servicing and loan 
origination systems. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures 
or interruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, servicing and/or loan 
origination systems. We cannot assure you that such failures or interruptions will not occur or, if they do 
occur, that they will be adequately addressed by us or the third parties on which we rely. The occurrence of 
any failures or interruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, 
results of operations and cash flows. If any of our third-party service providers experience financial, 
operational or technological difficulties, or if there is any other disruption in our relationships with them, 
we may be required to locate alternative sources of such services, and we cannot assure you that we could 
negotiate terms that are as favorable to us, or could obtain services with similar functionality as found in 
our existing systems without the need to expend substantial resources, if at all. Any of these circumstances 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash 
flows. 

The U.S. government’s monetary policies or changes in those policies could have a major effect 
on our operating results, and we cannot predict what those policies will be or any changes in such policies 
or the effect of such policies on us. 

Our earnings will be affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal 

policies of the U.S. government and its agencies. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Bank, or 
the FRB, have had, and will continue to have, an important effect on the operating results of commercial 
banks and other financial institutions through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, 
among other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession. 

The monetary policies of the FRB, affected principally through open market operations and 

regulation of the discount rate and reserve requirements, have had major effects upon the levels of bank 
loans, investments and deposits. For example, in 2007-2008, multiple rate decreases in the Fed Funds rate 
by the Federal Open Market Committee placed tremendous pressure on the profitability of many financial 
institutions because of the resulting contraction of net interest margins. It is not possible to predict the 
nature or effect of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies. 

We are subject to extensive government regulation which may hamper our ability to increase 

our assets and earnings and could result in a decrease in the value of your shares. 

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governmental 
authorities and are subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements 
and restrictions on part or all of our operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws, rules 
and regulations and supervisory guidance and policies applicable to us are subject to regular modification 
and change, which may have the effect of increasing or decreasing the cost of doing business, modifying 
permissible activities or enhancing the competitive position of other financial institutions. These laws are 
primarily intended for the protection of consumers, depositors and the deposit insurance funds and not for 
the protection of shareholders of bank holding companies or banks. Perennially, various laws, rules and 
regulations are proposed which, if adopted, could impact our operations by making compliance much more 
difficult or expensive, restricting our ability to originate or sell loans or further restricting the amount of 
interest or other charges or fees earned on loans or other products. We cannot assure you that these 
proposed laws, rules and regulations or any other laws, rules or regulations will not be adopted in the 
future, which could make compliance much more difficult or expensive, restrict our ability to originate 
loans, further limit or restrict the amount of commissions, interest or other charges earned on loans 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
originated by us or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or 
cash flows. 

We are exposed to risk of environmental liability with respect to properties to which we take 

title. 

In the course of our business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing our loans. 
If hazardous substances were discovered on any of the properties, we may be held liable to governmental 
entities or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred 
by these parties in connection with environmental contamination or may be required to investigate or clean 
up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. Many environmental laws can impose 
liability regardless of whether we knew of or were responsible for the contamination. In addition, if we 
arrange for the disposal of hazardous or toxic substances at another site, we may be liable for the costs of 
cleaning up and removing those substances from the site, even if we neither own nor operate the disposal 
site. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially limit use of 
properties we acquire through foreclosure, reduce their value or limit our ability to sell them in the event of 
a default on the loans they secure. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement 
policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. 

Negative publicity could damage our reputation. 

Reputation risk, or the risk to our earnings and capital from negative publicity or public opinion, 
is inherent in our business. Negative publicity or public opinion could adversely affect our ability to keep 
and attract customers and expose us to adverse legal and regulatory consequences. Negative public opinion 
could result from our actual or perceived conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, 
corporate governance, regulatory compliance, mergers and acquisitions, and disclosure, sharing or 
inadequate protection of customer information, and from actions taken by government regulators and 
community organizations in response to that conduct. 

Terrorist attacks may have depressed the economy in the past and if there are additional terrorist 

events especially in our market, the economy could be adversely affected. 

The possibility of further terrorist attacks, as well as continued terrorist threats, may create and 

perpetuate this economic uncertainty. Future terrorist acts and responses to such activities could adversely 
affect us in a number of ways, including an increase in delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults that could 
result in a higher level of non-performing assets, net charge-offs and provision for loan losses. 

The price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline.  

The trading price of our common stock has fluctuated and may in the future fluctuate widely as a 

result of a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. In addition, the stock market is 
subject to fluctuations in the share prices and trading volumes that affect the market prices of the shares of 
many companies. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our common 
stock. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition; 

changes in revenue or earnings estimates or publication of research reports and 
recommendations by financial analysts; 

failure to meet analysts’ revenue or earnings estimates; 

speculation in the press or investment community; 

strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings; 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

actions by institutional shareholders; 

fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors; 

general market conditions and, in particular, developments related to market conditions for 
the financial services industry; 

proposed or adopted regulatory changes or developments; 

anticipated or pending investigations, proceedings or litigation that involve or affect us; or 

domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance. 

The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks, has experienced 
significant volatility. As a result, the market price of our common stock has been and in the future may be 
volatile. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate more than usual and cause 
significant price variations to occur. The trading price of the shares of our common stock and the value of 
our other securities will depend on many factors, which may change from time to time, including, without 
limitation, our financial condition, performance, creditworthiness and prospects, future sales of our equity 
or equity related securities, and other factors identified above in “Forward-Looking Statements”. Current 
levels of market volatility are unprecedented. The capital and credit markets have been experiencing 
volatility and disruption for more than a year. In recent months, the volatility and disruption have reached 
unprecedented levels. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and 
credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength. 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES  

On October 10, 2007 we purchased a branch office in Irvine at 890 Roosevelt Avenue for 
$2,282,000 to move our branch office from our leased premises to this new location. We moved to the new 
branch in February 2008. As a result of this purchase we entered into a modification of our lease agreement 
at our Irvine leased premises that calls for the termination of that lease being moved up to February 29, 
2008. We lease all of our other branch facilities. On March 9, 2007, we entered into a fifth amendment to 
our lease on our corporate headquarters suite that calls for us to move the headquarters and main branch 
office from the 20th floor at 601 S. Figueroa Street, Los Angeles, California to the 29th floor in the same 
building, increasing our space from 15,648 square feet to 22,627 square feet (see exhibit 10.12). We 
moved to the new location in February 2008. This lease now expires in August of 2020. 

On July 2, 2008, the Bank received approval from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 
(FDIC) to establish a branch office in Anaheim, California. On July 3, 2008 the Bank signed a lease to 
establish this branch office to be located at 1055 North Tustin Avenue (see exhibit 10.13). The branch is 
opened in December 2008. On July 18, 2008, the Bank received approval from the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation (FDIC) to establish a branch office in Pico Rivera, California. On July 25, 2008 the 
Bank signed a lease to establish this branch office to be located at 7004 Rosemead Boulevard (see exhibit 
10.14). The branch opened in December 2008.  

On October 31, 2008 we closed down the operations of our full service branch located in 

Valencia, California at 24501 Town Center Drive. This branch office was deemed by management to be 
unprofitable based on small levels of deposits and loans serviced by this office. All accounts of this office 
were transferred to our closest branch which is located in Century City, California. The lease on this 
facility expires on October 31, 2009. We are actively seeking a tenant to sublease this space from us. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
At December 31, 2008, we maintained twelve  full-service branch offices in Alhambra, Arcadia 
Century City, City of Industry, Diamond Bar, Pico Rivera, Santa Monica, Torrance, Anaheim, Irvine, and 
Chino, California all of which we lease, except the Irvine branch which we own. We believe that no single 
lease is material to our operations. Leases for branch offices are generally 3 to 12 years in length and 
generally provide renewal terms of 3 to 5 additional years. 

We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our present purposes. We believe that, if 

necessary, we could secure alternative facilities on similar terms without adversely affecting our 
operations. Total lease expense was $1,700,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $1,397,000 for 
December 31, 2007. 

The Bank accounts for its leases under the provision of SFAS No. 13, Accounting for leases.  

Certain leases have scheduled rent increases, and certain leases include an initial period of free or reduced 
rent as an inducement to enter into the lease agreement (“rent holiday”).  The Bank recognizes rent expense 
for rent increases and rent holiday on a straight line basis over the terms of the underlying lease without 
regard to when rent payments are made. 

The following table provides certain information with respect to our leased branch locations.  

Location 

Address 

Los Angeles County 

Alhambra 
Arcadia 
Century City 
City of Industry 
Diamond Bar  
Los Angeles (Head Office & branch) 
Pico Rivera 
Santa Monica 
Torrance 
Valencia (Vacant).................................. 24501 Town Center Drive, Suite 103 

325 E. Valley Blvd. 
1469 S. Baldwin Avenue 
1801 Century Park East, Suite 100 
17515-A Colima Road 
1373 S. Diamond Bar Blvd. 
601 S. Figueroa Street, 29th Floor 
7004 Rosemead Blvd. 
524 Wilshire Blvd. 
3501 Sepulveda Blvd., Suite 107 

Orange County 
Anaheim 
Irvine (Purchased Branch Premises) 

1055 N. Tustin Avenue 
890 Roosevelt Avenue 

Current 
Lease 
Term  
Expiration 
Date 

Square 
Footage 

Total 
Deposits at  
December 31, 
2008 

(in thousands) 

03/31/09 
04/30/09 
06/30/11 
03/14/15 
11/30/09 
08/31/20 
02/10/19 
08/31/12 
06/30/16 
11/30/11 

7/15/18 
N/A 

6,000 
2,600 
4,416 
5,610 
3,440 
22,627 
2,850 
1,355 
4,800 
2,926 

2,750 
4,960 

$184,428 
75,755 
46,146 
94,234 
60,790 
535,216 
3,519 
37,565 
132,943 
— 

3,342 
57,793 

San Bernardino County 

Chino 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

3926 Grand Avenue, #E 

10/14/10 

2,973 

32,455 

From time to time we are a party to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of 
business. We accrue for any probable loss contingencies that are estimable and disclose any possible losses 
in accordance with SFAS No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies." There are no pending legal proceedings 
or, to the best of our knowledge, threatened legal proceedings, to which we are a party which may have a 
material adverse effect upon our financial condition, results of operations and business prospects. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 

There was no submission of matters to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the 

year ended December 31, 2008. 

ITEM 4A. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE BANK 

The following table sets forth our executive officers, their positions and their ages. Each officer is 

appointed by, and serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. 

Name 

    Age (1)

Position with Bank                   

Li Yu ........................  

[68] 

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 

Robert Kosof............  

[65] 

Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer 

Edward J. Czajka .....  

[44] 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

Nick Pi……….......... 

[48]  

Executive Vice President and Group Manager 

(1)    As of March 13, 2009. 

Li Yu has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since 1993. From December 1991 to 
the present, he has served as Chairman of our Board of Directors. From 1987 to 1991, he was involved in 
several privately held companies of which he was the owner. From 1982 to 1987, he served as Chairman of 
the Board of California Pacific National Bank, which became a part of Bank of America. Mr. Yu received 
a Masters of Business Administration, or MBA, from the University of California, Los Angeles. He was 
also the past President of the National Association of Chinese American Bankers, and is currently a 
member of the Board of Visitors of UCLA’s Anderson Graduate School of Management. 

Robert Kosof has been Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer since 2008. Before 
joining Preferred Bank he was Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of RP Realty Partners 
Entrepreneurial Fund from 2006 to 2008. Prior to that, he was Senior Vice President and Chief Lending 
Officer for Bank Leumi USA from 1987 to 2006. His responsibilities included credit approval and credit 
quality for the California branches of the Bank. From 1985 to 1987 he was Executive Vice President and 
Director for Olympic National Bank. From 1974 to 1985 he was Senior Vice President and head of Loan 
Administration which included Loan Adjustments for Imperial Bank.  

Edward J. Czajka has been Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since 2006 and 

was promoted to Executive Vice President in 2008. Before joining Preferred Bank, Mr. Czajka was Chief 
Financial Officer of Presidio Bank, a San Francisco-based bank that was then in organization. In this 
capacity, he was responsible for overall operations implementation and all back office functions including 
information technology, human resources, accounting and branch operations. Prior to this, Mr. Czajka was 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of North Valley Bancorp, a publicly-traded multi-
bank holding company located in Redding, California. From 1994 through 2000, Mr. Czajka held the 
position of Vice President, Corporate Controller for Pacific Capital Bancorp in Santa Barbara, California. 

Nick Pi has been our Executive Vice President and Group Manager since 2006 and our Senior 

Vice President and Corporate Banking Officer from 2003 to 2006. Before joining Preferred Bank, Mr. Pi 
was the Senior Vice President and Commercial Real Estate Lending Team Leader of Chinatrust Bank 
(U.S.A.) from 2000 to 2003. Prior to this, he held various corporate titles from Assistant Vice President to 
Senior Vice President at Chinatrust Bank (U.S.A.), mainly in the branch operation and lending fields from 
1995 to 2000. His lending and credit experience also includes Grand Pacific Financing Corporation from 
1989 to 1995, an affiliate of China Trust Group. Mr. Pi received a BA degree in Business School from 
National Taiwan University, Taiwan and a MBA degree from Emporia State University. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED 
SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY 
SECURITIES 

Market Information 

Our Common Stock commenced trading on the Nasdaq Global Market on February 15, 2005 

under the symbol “PFBC.” Prior to being listed on the Nasdaq National Market, our common stock was 
listed for trading on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “PFBL.” While listed for trading on the 
OTC Bulletin Board, there was limited trading at widely varying prices and on a number of days, there 
were no trades at all in our common stock. 

The initial public offering price of our common stock on February 14, 2005 was $25.33 per share. 
Our common stock closed at $5.50 on March 27, 2009 and there were 9,854,207 outstanding shares of our 
common stock. The number of shares and per share data has been adjusted to reflect our February 20, 2007 
three-for-two stock split effected in the form of a dividend. 

The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our common stock for the periods 
indicated as reported by the NASDAQ, as well as the cash dividends declared per share during the last two 
years: 

2007 

First Quarter…………. 
Second Quarter………. 
Third Quarter………… 
Fourth Quarter……….. 

2008 

First Quarter…………. 
Second Quarter………. 
Third Quarter………… 
Fourth Quarter……….. 

High 

Low 

$44.84 
$41.61 
$43.44 
$41.00 

$26.00 
$17.20 
$12.25 
$11.49 

$36.09 
$36.04 
$35.05 
$24.51 

$16.15 
$ 5.10 
$ 3.70 
$ 5.03 

Cash 
Dividends 
 Declared  

$0.17 
$0.17 
$0.17 
$0.17 

$0.17 
$0.10 
$0.10 
$0.10 

The above sales prices and cash dividends declared per share amounts have been retroactively 

adjusted to reflect our February 2007 three-for-two stock split. 

Holders 

As of March 27, 2009, 9,854,207 shares of the Bank’s common stock were held by 125 

shareholders of record. 

Dividends 

On January 28, 2009 we declared a cash dividend in the amount of $0.08 per share. The cash 

dividend was paid on February 26, 2009 to shareholders’ of record at the close of business on February 12, 
2009. 

We began paying dividends on a quarterly basis in the first quarter of 2005, subject to regulatory, 

capital and contractual constraints. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will, however, be at 
the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our earnings, financial condition, results of 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
operations, capital requirements, available investment opportunities, regulatory restrictions, contractual 
restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Accordingly, there can be no 
assurance that any stock or cash dividends will be declared in the future, and if any are declared, what 
amount they will be. 

Because we are a California state-chartered bank, our ability to pay dividends or make 
distributions to shareholders is subject to restrictions set forth in the California Financial Code. California 
Financial Code Section 642 restricts the amount available for cash dividends by state-chartered banks to 
the lesser of: (1) retained earnings; or (2) the bank’s net income for its last three fiscal years (less any 
distributions to shareholders made during such period). 

However, Section 643 of the California Financial Code provides that notwithstanding the 

provisions of Section 642, a state-chartered bank may, with the prior approval of the California 
Commissioner, make a distribution to its shareholders in an amount not exceeding the greater of: 

• 

• 

• 

retained earnings; 

net income for a bank’s last preceding fiscal year; or 

net income of the bank for its current fiscal year. 

If the California Commissioner finds that the shareholders’ equity of the Bank is not adequate or 

that the payment of a dividend would be unsafe or unsound for the Bank, the California Commissioner may 
order the Bank not to pay a dividend to the Bank’s shareholders. 

As of December 31, 2008, we could have paid $28 million in dividends without the approval of 

the California Commissioner. 

In addition, under California law, the California Commissioner has the authority to prohibit a 
bank from engaging in business practices which the California Commissioner considers to be unsafe or 
injurious to its business or financial condition. It is possible, depending on our financial condition and 
other factors, that the California Commissioner could assert that the payment of dividends or other 
payments to our shareholders might under some circumstances be unsafe or injurious to our business or 
financial condition and prohibit such payment. 

The FDIC also has the authority to prohibit a bank from engaging in business practices which the 

FDIC considers to be unsafe or unsound. It is possible, depending upon our financial condition and other 
factors, that the FDIC could assert that the payment of dividends or other payments might under some 
circumstances be such an unsafe or unsound practice and prohibit such payment. 

Issuer’s Purchases of Equity Securities. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As part of the stock repurchase plan announced in June 2007, the Bank repurchased the 

following shares during the third and fourth quarters of 2007 and the first quarter of 2008: 

Date 
July 30, 2007 
July 31, 2007 
August 1, 2007 
August 3, 2007 
August 7, 2007 
August 8, 2007 
August 9, 2007 
August 10, 2007 
August 13, 2007 
August 15, 2007 
October 26, 2007 
October 29, 2007 
October 30, 2007 
October 31, 2007 
November 1, 2007 
November 2, 2007 
November 5, 2007 
November 6, 2007 
November 8, 2007 
November 9, 2007 
November 13, 2007 
November 14, 2007 
November 15, 2007 
November 16, 2007 
November 19, 2007 
November 20, 2007 
November 21, 2007 
November 23, 2007 
November 29, 2007 
November 30, 2007 
December 4, 2007 
December 5, 2007 
December 6, 2007 
December 7, 2007 
February 13, 2008 
February 14, 2008 
February 19, 2008 
February 27, 2008 
February 28, 2008 
March 3, 2008 
March 4, 2008 
March 10, 2008 
March 11, 2008 
March 13, 2008 
Total 

Total Cost 
$         171,820 
527,175 
258,971 
540,760 
164,682 
536,041 
571,397 
307,520 
557,170 
206,889 
474,714 
464,300 
194,368 
239,778 
593,576 
477,289 
169,000 
544,049 
673,154 
441,948 
582,950 
134,461 
397,214 
156,260 
219,348 
873,179 
593,280 
537,951 
592,892 
569,221 
692,694 
694,680 
379,736 
437,254 
215,054 
254,564 
103,923 
88,550 
45,706 
400,000 
1,985,000 
142,932 
696,000 
            207,993 
$     19,115,443 

Number of Shares 
4,400 
13,500 
6,600 
13,900 
4,200 
13,900 
15,000 
8,000 
15,000 
5,500 
14,900 
14,900 
6,260 
7,700 
19,200 
15,900 
5,700 
19,200 
25,100 
16,800 
22,500 
5,100 
14,300 
5,500 
7,800 
31,100 
21,500 
19,600 
22,700 
21,600 
26,100 
26,100 
14,200 
16,240 
10,300 
12,358 
5,000 
4,600 
2,367 
20,000 
100,000 
8,300 
40,000 
      12,500 
    715,425 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans. 

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2008 regarding equity compensation 

plans under which equity securities of the Bank were authorized for issuance. 

Plan Category 
Equity incentive plans approved by security holders 
Equity incentive plans not approved by security holders 

Number of 
securities to be 
issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding 
options 
(a) 
1,393,200 
                   — 
       1,393,200 

Weighted average 
exercise price of 
outstanding 
options 
(b) 
      $23.63 
             — 

Number of securities 
available for future 
issuance under equity 
compensation plans 
excluding securities 
reflected in column (a) 
(c) 
638,450 
                   — 
       638,450 

The shares data reflected above has been adjusted to reflect our February 20, 2007 three-for-two 

stock split effected in the form of a dividend. 

Stock Performance Graph 

The following graph shows a comparison of shareholder return on the Bank’s common stock 
based on the market price of the common stock assuming the reinvestment of dividends, for the period 
beginning February 15, 2005 assuming an investment of $100 in each as of February 15, 2005. The Bank 
is not included in either of these indices. Total shareholder return for the Bank, as well as for the indices, is 
based on the cumulative amount of dividends for a given period (assuming dividend reinvestment) and the 
difference between the share price at the beginning and at the end of the period. This graph is historical 
only and may not be indicative of possible future performance of the common stock. 

Preferred Bank

Total Return Performance

Preferred Bank

NASDAQ Composite

NASDAQ Bank

SNL Bank and Thrift

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

e
u
l
a
V
x
e
d
n

I

02/14/05

12/31/05

12/31/06

12/31/07

12/31/08

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Index 
Preferred Bank 
NASDAQ Composite 
NASDAQ Bank Index 
SNL Bank and Thrift Index 

Period Ending 

02/14/05
100.00  
100.00 
100.00 
100.00  

12/31/05
204.71  
105.88 
99.09 
102.84  

12/31/06
280.61  
115.9604.28 
109.99 
120.17  

12/31/07
185.81  
127.34 
85.72 
91.64  

12/31/08
44.77 
75.71 
65.21 
52.70  

ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following table shows our selected historical financial data for the periods indicated. You 

should read our selected historical financial data, together with the notes thereto, in conjunction with the 
more detailed information in our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this 
Form 10-K 

Our financial condition data as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and our statement of income data 

for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 have been derived from our audited historical 
financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. 

Our financial condition data as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 and our statement of 
income data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 have been derived from our audited historical 
financial statements that are not included in this Form 10-K. 

Financial Condition Data: 
Total assets 
Total deposits 
Investments securities available-for- 

sale, at fair value sale 

Loans and leases, gross 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Other real estate owned(1) 
Shareholders’ equity 

Statement of Income Data: 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for credit losses 
Net interest income after provision 

for loan and lease losses 

Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
(Loss) income before provision for 

income taxes 

Provision for income taxes 
Net (loss) income 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

2004 

At or for the Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousand, except per share data) 

$ 1,483,231 
1,257,323 

$ 1,542,610 
1,253,110 

$ 1,348,841 
1,161,344  

$ 1,136,720 
975,467 

$     907,270 
801,535 

104,406 
1,231,232 
69,586 
35,127 
137,491 

245,268 
1,233,099 
22,803 
8,444 
152,952 

$     85,959 
         34,634 
51,325 

           30,560  

$    112,607 
         44,199 
68,408 
           4,900 

20,765 
4,941 
         35,594 

63,508 
3,090 
        21,461 

(9,888)
         (4,876)
 $      (5,012)

45,137 
         18,670 
 $      26,467 

198,689 
997,317 
26,878 
— 
145,932 

$      90,262 
       31,424 
58,838 
         1,960 

56,878 
3,028 
        20,017 

39,889 
        16,538 
$      23,351 

162,935 
771,143 
25,123 
— 
123,846 

$      60,082 
       16,062 
44,020 
         2,110 

41,910 
3,868 
        17,571 

28,207 
        11,382 
$      16,825 

164,635 
615,961 
35,212 
8,258 
76,808 

$      38,643 
         7,447 
31,196 
         1,550 

29,646 
4,199 
        15,339 

18,506 
         7,354 
$      11,152 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
. 

2008 

At or for the Year Ended December 31, 
2006 

2005 

2007 

2004 

Share Data: 

Net income per share, basic(2) (10) 
Net income per share, diluted(2) (10) 
Book value per share(3) (10) 
Shares outstanding at period end(10) 
Weighted average number of shares 

outstanding, basic(2) (10) 

Weighted average number of shares 

outstanding, diluted(2) (10) 
Selected Other Balance Sheet Data(4): 

Average assets 
Average earning assets 
Average shareholders’ equity 

Selected Financial Ratios(4): 
Return on average assets 
Return on average shareholders’ 

equity(3) 

Shareholders’ equity to assets(5) 
Net interest margin(6) 
Efficiency ratio(7) 

Selected Asset Quality Ratios: 

Non-performing loans to total loans 

and leases(8) 

Non-performing assets to total 

assets(9) 

Allowance for loans and lease losses 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

$       (0.51) 
$       (0.51) 
   $      14.09 
9,755,207 

$          2.56 
$          2.50 
$        15.37 
9,953,532 

$           2.29 
$           2.21 
$         14.20 
10,274,706 

$           1.72 
$           1.65 
$         12.34 
10,037,856 

$           1.35 
$           1.28 
$           9.22 
8,331,273 

9,790,858 

10,330,232 

10,194,515 

9,782,645 

8,227,597 

9,810,391 

10,580,949 

10,556,282 

10,195,958 

8,713,851 

  $ 1,506,228  
1,444,340 
149,635 

   $ 1,405,311  
1,362,433 
156,217 

$  1,180,749 
1,142,126 
134,384 

$  1,006,222 
969,019 
110,250 

$    840,265   
791,227 
71,896 

(0.33)%  

1.88% 

1.98% 

1.67% 

1.33% 

(3.35) 
9.27 
3.62 
63.26 

16.94 
9.92 
5.06 
30.02 

17.38 
10.82 
5.18 
32.35 

15.26 
10.90 
4.54 
36.69 

15.51 
8.47 
3.94 
43.34 

5.42% 

1.69% 

         0.11% 

            —%  

0.06% 

         6.87 

           1.90  

           0.08  

             — 

           0.95 

to total loans and leases 

         2.19 

            1.21 

           1.03 

           1.16 

           1.09 

Allowance for loans and lease losses 

to non-performing loans 
Net charge-offs (recoveries) to 
average loans and leases 

        40.33 

          71.27 

        913.93 

             — 

     1,758.64 

         1.52 

            0.02 

            0.08 

          (0.02) 

            0.18 

(1)  These amounts include all property held by us as a result of foreclosure. 
(2)  Net income per share, basic is based on the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding during the 
period. Net income per share, diluted is based on the weighted average shares of common stock plus common 
stock equivalents determined using the treasury stock method. 

(3)   Book value per share represents our shareholders’ equity divided by the number of shares of common stock issued 
and outstanding at the end of the period indicated (exclusive of shares exercisable under our stock option plans). 
(4)  Average balances used in this chart and throughout this annual report are based on daily averages. Percentages as 
used throughout this annual report have been rounded to the closest whole number, tenth or hundredth as the case 
may be. 

(5)  For a discussion of the components of the capital ratios, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 

Condition and Results of Operations—Capital Resources.” 

(6)  Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average total interest-earning assets. 
(7)  The efficiency ratio is the ratio of noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income before the 

provision for credit losses plus noninterest income. 

(8)  Non-performing loans consist of loans on nonaccrual and loans past due 90 days or more and restructured debt. 
(9)  Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans, restructured debt and other real estate owned. 
(10)   Adjusted to reflect 3-for-2 stock split effected in the form of a dividend, distributed on February 20, 2007. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL 

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Our discussion and analysis of earnings and related financial data are presented herein to assist 
investors in understanding the financial condition of our Company at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and 
the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. This discussion should be 
read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related footnotes of our Company 
presented elsewhere herein. Historical share and per share data has been adjusted to reflect our February 
2007 three-for-two stock split. 

Overview 

We experienced growth in assets, loans, deposits and net income in 2006 and 2007; however, as a 

result of the rapid slowdown in the real estate market, deteriorating economic conditions, and volatile 
interest rate movements, the Bank incurred a net operating loss in 2008 due to significant credit quality 
issues as well as losses on its investment portfolio. More specifically: 

•  Our net interest margin decreased primarily because of rapid and significant decreases in 

interest rates during 2008 as our balance sheet is asset-sensitive. 

•  The provision for credit losses in 2008 increased substantially from 2007 reflecting the 

uncertain economic conditions, especially in the real estate market. 

•  The Bank recorded significant charges on its investment portfolio due to other than 

temporary impairment (“OTTI”). 

•  The level of non-performing loans increased significantly during 2008 to a level much 

higher than in prior periods. 

•  Our loan-to-deposit ratio ended at maximum levels in 2008, reflecting difficulty in 

growing deposits at the same level as loans. 

If general economic conditions and the real estate market continue to deteriorate, these trends 

could continue and intensify and we could experience other negative effects in our performance. In 
addition, if the corporate bond market does not improve in liquidity and values from 2008 levels or 
worsens from 2008 levels, we could experience additional OTTI charges on our investment portfolio. 

We derive our income primarily from interest received on our loan and investment securities 

portfolios, and fee income we receive in connection with servicing our loan and deposit customers. Our 
major operating expenses are the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, and the salaries and related 
benefits we pay our management and staff. We rely primarily on locally-generated deposits, approximately 
half of which we receive from the Chinese-American market within Southern California, to fund our loan 
and investment activities. 

For the year-ended December 31, 2008 the Bank recorded a net loss of $5.0 million as compared 

to a net income of $26.5 million for December 31, 2007. The decrease in net earnings during 2008 is 
primarily due to increases in credit loss provision, write-downs on investment securities and a decrease in 
our net interest income as a result of significant decreases in interest rate during 2008. See —“Results of 
Operations”. 

For the year-ended December 31, 2007 the Bank recorded net earnings of $26.5 million as 
compared to $23.4 million for December 31, 2006 representing a 13% increase from 2006.  The increase in 
net earnings during 2007 is primarily due to an increase in our net interest income as a result of growth in 
our loan and deposit portfolio. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
Recent Developments  

There have been significant disruptions in the U.S. and international financial system during the 

period covered by this report. As a result, available credit has been reduced or ceased to exist. The 
availability of credit, confidence in the entire financial sector, and the financial markets have been 
adversely affected. The U.S. Government, the governments of other countries, and multinational 
institutions have provided vast amounts of liquidity and capital for the banking system.    

In response to the financial crises affecting the overall banking system and financial markets in the 

United States, on October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) was 
enacted to provide up to $700 billion to the United States Department of Treasury (“U.S. Treasury”) to 
purchase mortgages, mortgage backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial 
institutions for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets.  

On October 14, 2008, under the authority of EESA, the U.S. Treasury announced the Troubled Asset 

Relief Program (“TARP”) Capital Purchase Program. Under this program, the U.S. Treasury would 
purchase up to $250 billion of senior preferred shares from qualified U.S. financial institutions.  

On February 17, 2009, President Obama signed into law the American Recovery and Reinvestment 
Act (the “ARRA”) in response to the current crisis in the financial sector. The U.S. Treasury and banking 
regulators are implementing a number of programs under this legislation to address capital and liquidity 
issues in the banking system. 

Federal and state governments could pass additional legislation responsive to current credit 

conditions. As an example, we could experience higher credit losses because of federal or state legislation 
or regulatory action that reduces the principal amount or interest rate under existing loan contracts. Also, 
we could experience higher credit losses because of federal or state legislation or regulatory action that 
limits the Bank’s ability to foreclose on property or other collateral or makes foreclosure less economically 
feasible.  

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insures deposits at FDIC insured financial 

institutions up to certain limits. The FDIC charges insured financial institutions premiums to maintain the 
Deposit Insurance Fund. Current economic conditions have increased expectations for bank failures, in 
which case the FDIC would take control of failed banks and ensure payment of deposits up to insured 
limits using the resources of the Deposit Insurance Fund. In such case, the FDIC may increase premium 
assessments to maintain adequate funding of the Deposit Insurance Fund, including requiring riskier 
institutions to pay a larger share of the premiums. An increase in premium assessments would increase the 
Bank’s expenses. The EESA included a provision for a temporary increase in the amount of deposits 
insured by FDIC to $250,000 until December 2009. On October 14, 2008, the FDIC announced a new 
program — the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program — that provides unlimited deposit insurance 
coverage on funds in non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts and NOW accounts with rates not in 
excess of 0.5% not otherwise covered by the existing temporary deposit insurance limit of $250,000. All 
eligible institutions will be covered under the program for the first 30 days without incurring any costs. 
After the initial period, participating institutions will be assessed an annualized 10 basis point surcharge on 
the additional insured deposits. The Bank has chosen to participate in the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee 
Program. The behavior of depositors in regard to the level of FDIC insurance could cause the Bank’s 
existing customers to reduce the amount of deposits held at the Bank, and or could cause new customers to 
open deposit accounts at the Bank. The level and composition of the Bank’s deposit portfolio directly 
impacts the Bank’s funding cost and net interest margin. As a result of these measures, it is likely that the 
premiums the Bank pays for FDIC insurance will increase, which would adversely affect net income. The 
impact of such measures cannot be assessed at this time.  

The actions described above, together with additional actions announced by the U.S. Treasury and 

other regulatory agencies, continue to develop. It is not clear at this time what impact, EESA, TARP, other 
liquidity and funding initiatives of the U.S. Treasury and of other bank regulatory agencies that have been 
previously announced, and any additional programs that may be initiated in the future, will have on the 
financial markets and the financial services industry. The extreme levels of volatility and limited credit 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
availability currently being experienced could continue to effect the U.S. banking industry and the broader 
U.S. and global economies, which will have an affect on all financial institutions, including the Bank.  

Critical Accounting Policies 

Our accounting policies are integral to understanding the financial results reported. Our most 

complex accounting policies require management’s judgment to ascertain the valuation of assets, liabilities, 
commitments and contingencies. We have established detailed policies and control procedures that are 
intended to ensure valuation methods are well controlled and consistently applied from period to period. In 
addition, these policies and procedures are intended to ensure that the process for changing methodologies 
occurs in an appropriate manner. The following is a brief description of our current accounting policies 
involving significant management valuation judgments. 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses 

The allowance for loan and lease losses, or ALLL, represents our best estimate of losses inherent 

in the existing loan and lease portfolio. The allowance for loan and lease losses is increased by the 
provision for credit losses charged to expense and reduced by loans and leases charged off, net of 
recoveries. 

We evaluate our allowance for loan and lease losses quarterly. We believe that the allowance for 
loan and lease losses is a “critical accounting estimate” because it is based upon management’s assessment 
of various factors affecting the collectability of the loans and leases, including current economic 
conditions, past credit experience, delinquency status, the value of the underlying collateral, if any, and a 
continuing review of the portfolio of loans and leases.  On a non-recurring basis, the Bank measures the 
fair value of impaired collateral dependent loans based on fair value of the collateral value which is derived 
from appraisals that take into consideration prices in observable transactions involving similar assets in 
similar locations in accordance with SFAS No. 114, Accounting for Impairments by a Creditor. 

Like all financial institutions, we maintain an ALLL based on a number of quantitative and 

qualitative factors. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability 
of the loan and lease portfolio and that evaluation is based on historical loss experience and other 
significant factors. These other significant factors include the level and trends in delinquent, nonaccrual 
and adversely classified loans and leases, trends in volume and terms of loans and leases, levels and trends 
in credit concentrations, effects of changes in underwriting standards, policies, procedures and practices, 
national and local economic trends and conditions, changes in capabilities and experience of lending 
management and staff and other external factors including industry conditions, competition and regulatory 
requirements.  

The allowance adequacy analysis requires a significant amount of judgment and subjectivity by 
management especially in regards to the qualitative portion of the analysis.  We cannot provide you with 
any assurance that further economic difficulties or other circumstances which would adversely affect our 
borrowers and their ability to repay outstanding loans and leases will not occur. These difficulties or other 
circumstances could result in increased losses in our loan and lease portfolio, which could result in actual 
losses that exceed reserves previously established. 

Investment Securities 

The classification and accounting for investment securities are discussed in detail in Note 1 of the 

Consolidated Financial Statements presented elsewhere herein. Under SFAS No. 115, Accounting for 
Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, investment securities must be classified as held-to-
maturity, available-for-sale, or trading. The appropriate classification is based partially on our ability to 
hold the securities to maturity and largely on management’s intentions with respect to either holding or 
selling the securities. The classification of investment securities is significant since it directly impacts the 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
accounting for unrealized gains and losses on securities. Unrealized gains and losses on trading securities 
flow directly through earnings during the periods in which they arise, whereas unrealized gains and losses 
on available-for-sale securities are recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity (accumulated 
other comprehensive income or loss) and do not affect earnings until realized. The fair values of our 
investment securities are generally determined by an independent pricing service and are considered to be 
level 2 or 3 categories as defined by SFAS No. 157. Management reviews the fair value of investment 
securities on a monthly basis for reasonableness. On a quarterly basis, management thoroughly assesses the 
fair values of impaired investment securities by looking at other data regarding the fair values such as: 
recent trading levels of the same or similarly rated securities, reviewing assumptions used in discounted 
cash flow analyses for reasonableness and other information such as general market conditions.  

We are obligated to assess, at each reporting date, whether there is an "other-than-temporary" 

impairment to our investment securities. Such impairment must be recognized in current earnings rather 
than in other comprehensive income. The determination of other-than-temporary impairment is a subjective 
process, requiring the use of judgments and assumptions. We examine all individual securities that are in 
an unrealized loss position at each reporting date for other-than-temporary impairment. Specific 
investment-related factors we examine to assess impairment include the nature of the investment, severity 
and duration of the loss, the probability that we will be unable to collect all amounts due, an analysis of the 
issuers of the securities and whether there has been any cause for default on the securities and any change 
in the rating of the securities by the various rating agencies. Additionally, we evaluate whether the 
creditworthiness of the issuer calls the realization of contractual cash flows into question.  

            As required under Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") 99-20, Recognition of Interest Income and 
Impairment on Purchased and Retained Beneficial Interest in Securitizes Financial Assets, and EITF 99-
20-1, Amendments to the Impairment Guidance of EITF Issue No. 99- 20, the Bank considers all available 
information relevant to the collectability of the pooled trust preferred securities, including information 
about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts, when developing the 
estimate of future cash flows and making its other-than-temporary impairment assessment for our portfolio 
of pooled trust preferred securities. The Bank considers factors such as remaining payment terms of the 
security, prepayment speeds, the financial condition of the underlying issuers and expected defaults. 

We re-examine the financial resources, intent and the overall ability of the Bank to hold the 
securities until their fair values recover. Management does not believe that there are any investment 
securities, other than those identified in the current and previous periods, which are deemed to be "other-
than-temporarily" impaired as of December 31, 2008. Investment securities are discussed in more detail in 
Note 2 to the Company's consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
Stock Split Effected in the form of a Stock Dividend  

On January 25, 2007 Preferred Bank announced that its Board of Directors had approved a 3-

for-2 stock split to be effected in the form of a stock dividend. Each shareholder of record at the close of 
business on February 5, 2007 received one additional share of common stock for every two shares of 
common stock that they owned as of such date. The additional shares were distributed on February 20, 
2007. A shareholder who would otherwise be entitled to receive a fractional share of common stock 
received in lieu thereof, cash in a proportional amount based on the closing price of the common stock on 
the Nasdaq Stock Exchange on the record date. After giving effect to the stock split, we have 
retroactively adjusted the number of common shares outstanding to 10,274,632 at December 31, 2006. 
Accordingly, all references in the accompanying statement of financial condition, results of operations 
and statement of changes in shareholders’ equity to the number of common stock shares and earnings per 
share amounts have been retroactively adjusted for all period presented. As a result of the stock split, and 
in accordance with the 1992 Equity Incentive Stock Option Plan, the Interim Plan, and the 2004 Equity 
Incentive Plan, all outstanding stock options and exercise prices were adjusted based on the same 3-for-2 
formula. 

Results of Operations 

The following tables summarize key financial results for the periods indicated: 

Year Ended December 31, 
2007 

2006 

2008 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Net (loss) income 
Net (loss) income per share, basic(1) 
Net (loss) income per share, diluted(1) 
Return on average assets 
Return on average shareholders’ equity 

$  (5,012) 
$    (0.51) 
$    (0.51) 
       (0.33)%
 (3.35)%

$ 26,467  
$     2.56 
$     2.50 

1.88% 
16.94% 

  $  23,351  
  $      2.29 
  $      2.21 

1.98% 
17.38% 

(1)   Adjusted to reflect 3-for-2 stock split effected in the form of dividend, distributed on February 20, 2007. 

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007 

Statement of Operations Data: 
Interest income  
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for credit losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
(Loss) income before income taxes 
Income tax (benefit) expenses 
Net (loss) income 

Net (loss) income per share, basic(1) 
Net (loss) income per share, diluted(1) 

53 

Year Ended December 31, 

2008 

2007 

Increase 
(Decrease) 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

$      85,959 
        34,634 
51,325 
        30,560 
20,765 
4,941 
        35,594 

(9,888)   
         (4,876)   
$       (5,012)   

$    112,607 
       44,199 
68,408 
         4,900 
63,508 
3,090 
       21,461 
45,137 
       18,670 
$     26,467 

$         (0.51)   
$         (0.51)   

$         2.56 
$         2.50 

$     (26,648)
         (9,565)
(17,083)
        25,660 
(42,743)
1,851 
       14,133 
(55,025)
      (23,546)
$    (31,479)

$        (3.07)

$        (3.01)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  Adjusted to reflect 3-for-2 stock split effected in the form of dividend distributed on February 20, 2007 

Net income decreased $31.5 million, or $3.01 per diluted share, for the year-ended December 31, 
2008, from $26.5 million, or $2.50 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2007. Our return on 
average assets was (0.33)% and return on average shareholders’ equity was (3.35)% for the year ended 
December 31, 2008, compared to 1.88% and 16.94%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2007. 

Net income declined in 2008 from 2007, principally as a result of a decrease in net interest income 

by $17.1 million, a $25.7 million increase in the provision for credit losses and an increase in the 
impairment on available for sale securities by $11.8 million, partially offset by a decrease in the provision 
for income taxes by $23.5 million. 

The $17.1 million, or 25%, decrease in net interest income was due primarily to the lower interest 

rate environment as well as an increase in nonaccrual loans in 2008. Our overall cost of funds in 2008 
decreased by 134 basis points to 3.06%, compared to 4.40% for 2007 while yields on earning assets 
decreased 228 basis points to 6.02% from 8.31%. The combined impact of a declining interest rate 
environment in 2008 and increased competition in the deposit market were the primary drivers of our 
decreased cost of funds during 2008. 

As of December 31, 2008, 80% of our loan portfolio was tied to the Prime Rate, which has the 

potential to re-price daily, and 11% was tied to the London Interbank Offer Rate, or LIBOR, or other 
indices, which re-price periodically. Approximately 45% of our loan portfolio had a floor interest rate at 
various levels, which would provide us with some protection in a falling interest rate environment should 
the Prime Rate decline to a level below the floor interest rate. Approximately 2% of our loan portfolio had 
interest rate ceilings at various rates limiting the amount of interest rate increases that can be passed on to 
the borrower. Our weighted average maturity of certificates of deposit at December 31, 2008 was 4.4 
months. As a result, our interest-bearing liabilities generally re-price slower than our loan portfolio and our 
net income has been negatively impacted by the declining rate environment during 2008. 

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006 

Statement of Income Data: 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for credit losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Income before income taxes 
Income taxes 
Net income 

Net income per share, basic(1) 
Net income per share, diluted(1) 

Year Ended December 31, 

2007 

2006 

Increase 
(Decrease) 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

$    112,607 
       44,199 
68,408 
         4,900 
63,508 
3,090 
       21,461 
45,137 
       18,670 
$     26,467 

$         2.56 
$         2.50 

$     90,262 
       31,424 
58,838 
         1,960 
56,878 
3,028 
       20,017 
39,889 
       16,538 
$     23,351 

$         2.29 
$         2.21 

$     22,345 
       12,775 
9,570 
         2,940 
6,630 
62 
       1,444 
5,248 
       2,132 
$       3,116 

$         0.27 
$         0.29 

(1)   Adjusted to reflect 3-for-2 stock split effected in the form of dividend distributed on February 20, 2007. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income increased 13.3% to $26.5 million, or $2.50 per diluted share, for the year-ended 

December 31, 2007, from $23.4 million, or $2.21 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2006. 
Our return on average assets was 1.88% and return on average shareholders’ equity was 16.94% for the 
year ended December 31, 2007, compared to 1.98% and 17.38%, respectively, for the year ended 
December 31, 2006. 

Net income improved in 2007 from 2006, principally as a result of an increase in net interest 
income by $9.6 million, partially offset by a $2.9 million increase in the provision of credit losses, an 
increase in noninterest expense by $1.4 million and an increase in the provision for income taxes by $2.1 
million. 

The $9.6 million, or 16%, increase in net interest income was primarily as a result of the growth in 

the loan portfolio across all loan products partially offset by a decrease in the net interest margin of 12 
basis points. Our overall cost of funds in 2007 increased by 57 basis points to 4.40%, compared to 3.83% 
for 2006 while yields on earning assets increased 38 basis points to 8.31% from 7.93%. The combined 
impact of a rising interest rate environment in late 2006 and increased competition in the deposit market 
were the primary drivers of our increased cost of funds during 2007. 

As of December 31, 2007, 84% of our loan portfolio was tied to the Prime Rate, which has the 

potential to re-price daily, and 14% was tied to the London Interbank Offer Rate, or LIBOR, or other 
indices, which re-price periodically. Approximately 37% of our loan portfolio had a floor interest rate at 
various levels, which would provide us with some protection in a falling interest rate environment should 
the Prime Rate decline to a level below the floor interest rate. Approximately 1% of our loan portfolio had 
interest rate ceilings at various rates limiting the amount of interest rate increases that can be passed on to 
the borrower. Our weighted average maturity of certificates of deposit at December 31, 2007 was 3.7 
months. As a result, our interest-bearing liabilities generally re-price slower than our loan portfolio and our 
net income has been negatively impacted by the declining rate environment during 2007. 

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin 

Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007 

Net interest income before the provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2008 

decreased $17.1 million, or 25%, to $51.3 million from $68.4 million for the year ended December 31, 
2007. This decrease was due to a decrease in interest income of $26.6 million, partially offset by a decrease 
in interest expense of $9.6 million. Total interest expense decreased primarily as a result of decreases in 
interest rates on time certificates of deposit maturing and being replaced at current lower prevailing rates. 
The $26.6 million decrease in total interest income was due to both a decrease in interest rates on loans and 
an increase in the total amount of loans that went into nonaccrual status during 2008. 

The average yield on our interest-earning assets decreased to 6.02% in the year ended December 
31, 2008 from 8.31% in the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease was mainly due to lower rates 
earned on loans and investment securities and an increase in loans on nonaccrual status. 

The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities decreased to 3.06% in the year ended December 31, 

2008 from 4.40% in the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease was primarily driven by generally 
lower rates paid on deposits during 2008 over 2007 which is a result of lower market rates. 

Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 2006 

Net interest income before the provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2007 

increased $9.6 million, or 16.3%, to $68.4 million from $58.8 million for the year ended December 31, 
2006. This increase was due to an increase in interest income of $22.3 million, partially offset by an 
increase in interest expense of $12.8 million. Total interest expense increased primarily as a result of 
increases in interest rates on time certificates of deposit maturing and being replaced at current prevailing 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
rates. The $22.3 million increase in total interest income was due to both an increase in interest rates on 
loans and a shift in asset mix from overnight investments such as fed funds to loans. 

The average yield on our interest-earning assets increased to 8.31% in the year ended December 

31, 2007 from 7.93% in the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase was mainly due to slightly higher 
rates earned on the investment portfolio as well as a shift in earning assets away from fed funds and into 
loans. 

The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities increased to 4.40% in the year ended December 31, 

2007 from 3.83% in the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily driven by generally 
higher rates paid on deposits during 2007 over 2006 which is partially a result of higher market rates and 
increased competition for deposit dollars from banks and thrifts. 

Our interest income, interest expense, net interest income, and net interest margin are influenced 

by the distribution of our assets and liabilities and the income earned and costs incurred on such assets and 
liabilities. The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the information regarding the distribution 
of average assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity, as well as the net interest income from average 
interest-earning assets and the resulting yields expressed in percentages. Nonaccrual loans are included in 
the calculation of average loans and leases while non-accrued interest thereon is excluded from the 
computation of yields earned. 

Year Ended December 31, 2008 

Year Ended December 31, 2007 

Average 
Balance 

Interest Income 
or Expense 

Average 
Yield or 
Cost 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 
Income or 
Expense 

Average 
Yield or 
Cost 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Year Ended December 31, 2006 
Interest 
Income or 
Expense 

Average 
Yield or 
Cost 

Average 
Balance 

ASSETS 

Interest-earning assets: 

Loans and leases (2) (3) 
Investment securities (1) 
Federal funds sold  
Certificates of deposits with 

other banks 

Other earning assets (4) 
Total interest-earning assets  

Noninterest-earning assets: 

$1,220,348  $    75,120 
   11,458 
      209,714 
          96 
          9,073 

              — 
      5,204 

        — 
           253 

6.16% 
5.46% 
1.06% 

   — 
4.86% 

 $1,103,248 
      210,635 
        43,278 

  $   98,817 
   11,818 
     2,268 

8.96% 
5.61% 
5.24% 

   $   867,672 
        179,533 
          89,322 

   $ 77,186 
    8,793 
    4,377 

             399
      4,280 

          22 
           214 

5.51% 
5.00% 

            2,401
      3,590 

       108 
          189 

 $1,444,339 

  $  86,927 

6.02% 

 $1,361,840 

  $113,139 

8.31% 

   $1,142,528 

   $ 90,653 

8.90% 
4.90% 
4.90% 

4.50% 
5.26% 

7.93% 

Cash and due from banks 
Other assets 
Total assets 

 22,200 
 39,699 
 $1,506,238 

  22,943 
  20,524 
 $1,405,307 

          24,228 
          13,993 
   $1,180,749 

(Table continues in the next page)

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008 

Year Ended December 31, 2007 

Year Ended December 31, 2006 

Average 
Balance 

Interest Income 
or Expense 

Average 
Yield or 
Cost 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 
Income or 
Expense 

Average 
Yield or 
Cost 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 
Income or 
Expense 

Average 
Yield or 
Cost 

(Dollars in thousands) 

LIABILITIES AND 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Deposits 
Interest-bearing demand 
Money market 
Savings 
Time certificates of deposit 
Total interest-bearing deposits 

Short-term borrowings 

       33,650 
      109,383 
        73,042 
      823,249 
   1,039,324 

 $        265 
        1,099 
        1,433 
     28,396 
      31,193 

        19,547 

           533 

Long-term debt (FHLB) 

        72,691 

       2,908 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

   1,131,562 

      34,634 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities: 
Demand deposits 
Other liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Shareholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and  
shareholders’ equity 

Net interest income 

Net interest spread 

Net interest margin  

      205,764 
 19,267 
   1,356,593 
     149,635 

 $1,506,238 

0.79% 
1.01% 
1.96% 
3.45% 
3.00% 

2.73% 

4.00% 

3.06% 

 $     31,489 
        99,551 
        91,717 
      739,696 
      962,453 

   $      458 
        2,210 
        3,494 
      36,263 
      42,425 

1.45% 
2.22% 
3.81% 
4.90% 
4.41% 

   $     26,353     $      316 
        106,962          2,140 
          67,317          2,427 
        597,504        25,675 
        798,136        30,558 

1.20% 
2.00% 
3.61% 
4.30% 
3.83% 

          6,249 

           295 

4.72% 

            1,071               58 

5.42% 

        35,608 

        1,479 

4.15% 

          21,233             808 

3.81% 

   1,004,310 

      44,199 

4.40% 

        820,440        31,424 

3.83% 

      220,050 
       24,732 
   1,249,092 
     156,215 

 $1,405,307 

        207,685   
          18,237   
     1,046,362  
   $   134,387  

   $1,180,749  

$   52,294 

2.96% 

3.62% 

$   68,940   

 3.91% 

 5.06% 

$   59,229 

4.10% 

5.18% 

 (1)Yields on securities have been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis. The average balance of investment securities for 

2006 represents the carrying value. 
(2)Includes average nonaccrual loans and leases. 
(3)Net loan and lease fees of $250,000, $2.2 million and $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 
2006, respectively, are included in the yield computations. 
(4)Includes Federal Home Loan Bank stock. 

While our interest income decreased, primarily due to the lower interest rate environment as wells 

as an increase in nonaccrual loans in 2008, decreases in interest expense on our deposits reflecting 
decreases on rates primarily on our time certificates of deposit, caused our net interest margin to decrease 
from 5.06% in 2007 to 3.62% in 2008. In addition to the distribution, yields and costs of our assets and 
liabilities, our net income is also affected by changes in the volume of and rates on our assets and 
liabilities. The following table shows the change in interest income and interest expense and the amount of 
change attributable to variances in volume, rates and the combination of volume and rates based on the 
relative changes of volume and rates. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
2008 vs. 2007 

2007 vs. 2006 

Net Change 

Rate 

Volume 

  Net Change 

Rate 

Volume 

Year Ended December 31, 

(In thousands) 

Interest income: 

Loans and leases 
Investment securities(1) 
Federal funds sold  
Interest-bearing deposits 

with other banks 
Other earning assets  
Total interest income  

Interest expense: 

Interest-bearing demand 
Money market 
Savings 
Time certificates of 

deposit 

Short-term borrowings 
Long-term debt (FHLB) 
Total interest expense 
Net interest income 

  $    (23,698) 
             (359) 
          (2,172) 

  $  (33,354)  $     9,656 
         (84) 
           (275) 
     (1,081) 
        (1,091) 

  $    21,631 
          3,025 
        (2,109) 

  $       213 
        1,340 
           286 

$ 21,418 
     1,685 
    (2,395) 

               (22) 
                 39 
        (26,212) 

             (11) 
              (6) 
     (34,737) 

          (11) 
            45  
       8,525 

             (86) 
              25 
        22,486 

             20 
             (1) 
        1,858 

       (106) 
          26  
   20,628 

             (194) 
          (1,111) 
          (2,061) 

           (223) 
        (1,311) 
        (1,452) 

            29 
          200 
        (609) 

             142 
               70 
          1,108 

             74 
           225 
           190 

          68 
       (155) 
        918 

          (7,867) 
               239 
            1,428 
          (9,566) 
  $    (16,646) 

       5,864 
      (13,731) 
          407 
           (168) 
       1,485 
            (57) 
       7,376 
      (16,942) 
  $  (17,795)  $     1,149 

         10,547 
             237 
             671 
        12,775 
  $      9,711 

        3,934 
              (8) 
             80 
         4,495 
  $   (2,637) 

     6,613 
        245 
        591 
     8,280 
$ 12,348 

 (1)  Amounts have been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis. 

As reflected above, although average total loans increased, rates on those loans were substantially 

lower due to market rates and were lower due to a significant increase in loans on nonaccrual status. The 
lower asset yields were only partially offset by lower rates paid on deposits due to overall lower market 
rates and the asset sensitivity of the balance sheet. 

Provision for Credit Losses  

 In anticipation of credit risk inherent in our lending business and the recent ongoing financial 

crisis, we set aside allowances through charges to earnings. Such charges were not made only for our 
outstanding loan portfolio, but also for off-balance sheet items, such as commitments to extend credits or 
letters of credit. The charges made for our outstanding loan portfolio were credited to allowance for loan 
losses, whereas charges for off-balance sheet items were credited to the reserve for off-balance sheet items, 
which is presented as a component of other liabilities.  

The provision for credit losses for 2008 increased $25.7 million to $30.6 million from $4.9 
million for 2007. The bank’s net loans and lease charge-offs increased $18.3 million to $18.5 million 
during 2008 from $240,000 in 2007. The increase in the provision for credit losses during 2008 is due to a 
higher level of classified loans and nonperforming loans at December 31, 2008 and is the result of the 
application of management’s established allowance for loan and lease loss adequacy calculation. Classified 
assets increased from $27.8 million as of December 31, 2007 to $117.6 million as of December 31, 2008 
and nonperforming loans increased from $7.9 million as of December 31, 2007 to $66.8 million as of 
December 31, 2008. This decrease in credit quality was primarily centered in two types of loans; 
residential construction and residential land. As of December 31, 2008 these two loan types comprised 
64% of nonperforming loans. Throughout 2008, management has worked to decrease the balances of these 
two loan types. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans increased from 1.21% of total loans at 
December 31, 2007 to 2.19% at December 31, 2008. Management believes that through the application of 
the methodology’s quantitative and qualitative components, that the provision and overall level of reserve 
is adequate for losses estimated to be inherent in the portfolio as of December 31, 2008.   

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The provision for credit losses for 2007 increased $2.9 million to $4.9 million from $1.96 million 

for 2006. The bank’s net loans and lease charge-offs decreased $423,000 to $240,000 during 2007 from 
$663,000 in 2006. The increase in the provision for credit losses during 2007 is due to a higher level of 
classified assets identified during 2007 and is the result of the application of management’s established 
allowance for loan and lease loss methodology. Although net loan and lease charge-offs decreased for the 
same period, the application of the methodology’s quantitative and qualitative components resulted in 
management’s judgment that the provision and overall level of reserve is adequate for losses estimated to 
be inherent in the portfolio as of December 31, 2007.   

Noninterest Income 

We earn noninterest income primarily through fees related to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

services provided to deposit customers 

services provided in connection with trade finance 

services provided to current loan customers 

increases in the cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance policies 

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest 

income: 

Service charges and fees on deposit accounts 
Trade finance income 
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance 
Other income 

Total noninterest income 

Year Ended December 31, 
2007 

2008 

2006 

$  1,764 
652 
362 
     2,163 
$  4,941 

(In thousands) 

$  1,696 
752 
343 
       299 
$  3,090 

$  1,660 
777 
326 
       265 
$  3,028 

Total noninterest income increased by $1.9 million or 60%, to $4.9 million during 2008 from $3.1 
million during 2007. The increase in noninterest income was due mainly to life insurance proceeds of $1.6 
million recorded in connection with a former Preferred Bank executive. 

Total noninterest income increased by $62,000 or 2%, to $3.1 million during 2007 from $3.0 
million during 2006. The increase in noninterest income was due to a slight increase in service charge 
income of $36,000, an increase in earnings on life insurance of $17,000, an increase in other income of 
$34,000 offset by a decrease in trade finance income of $25,000. 

Our results can be influenced by the unpredictable nature of gains and losses in connection with 

the sale of investment securities and other real estate owned. We do not engage in active securities trading; 
however, from time to time we sell securities in our portfolio to change the duration of the portfolio or to 
re-position the portfolio for various reasons. It is likely we may continue this practice in the future. From 
time to time, we acquire real estate in connection with non-performing loan transactions, and sell such real 
estate to recoup a portion of the principal amount of the defaulted loans. These sales can result in gains or 
losses from time to time that are not expected to occur in predictable patterns during future periods. 

Noninterest Expense 

Noninterest expense is the cost, other than interest expense and the provision for credit losses, 

associated with providing banking and financial services to customers and conducting our business. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest 

expense: 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Net occupancy expense 
Business development and promotion expense 
Professional fees 
Office supplies and equipment expense 
Impairment on available for sale securities 
OREO related expense 
Other expense 

Total noninterest expense 

Year Ended December 31, 
2007 

2006 

2008 

$  8,557 
2,822 
424 
3,023 
1,269 
12,371 
3,016 
     4,112 
$ 35,594 

(In thousands) 

$ 11,868 
2,395 
409 
2,719 
955 
621 
205 
     2,289 
$ 21,461 

$ 12,216 
2,303 
451 
1,948 
943 
— 
17 
     2,139 
$ 20,017 

Total noninterest expense increased $14.1 million, or 66% to $35.6 million during 2008 from 
$21.5 million during 2007. Net occupancy expense increased by $427,000 from $2.4 million in 2007 to 
$2.8 million in 2008 mainly due to normal lease expense increases as well as to the two new branches 
opened in the fourth quarter of 2008 located in Anaheim and Pico Rivera. Professional fees increased by 
$304,000 to $3.0 million during 2008 from $2.7 million in 2007 due primarily to an increase in legal costs 
associated with non-performing loans. Impairment on available for sale securities increased by $11.8 
million to $12.4 million during 2008 from $621,000 in 2007 primarily due to other than temporary 
impairment (“OTTI”) charges representing the write-down to fair value of investment securities which 
management had deemed to be other than temporarily impaired. Office supplies and equipment expense 
increased $314,000 from $1.0 million in 2007 to $1.3 million in 2008.  OREO related expenses totaled 
$3.0 million in 2008, increasing $2.8 million from $205,000 in 2007 due primarily to an increase in OREO 
valuation allowance. Other expenses were $4.1 million in 2008, an increase of $1.8 million over $2.3 
million in 2007 due mainly to increases in loan collection related expenses and FDIC insurance 
assessments. Salaries and benefits decreased $3.3 million due primarily to a decrease in bonus expense 
which is based on overall profitability. We had 142 and 137 full-time equivalent employees at December 
31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

Total noninterest expense increased $1.4 million, or 7% to $21.5 million during 2007 from 
$20.0 million during 2006. Professional fees increased by $771,000 to $2.7 million during 2007 from $1.9 
million in 2006 mainly due to increased audit fees and the cost of compliance with Section 404 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, we began to outsource our internal audit function during 2007 the cost of 
which was also included in professional fees. Other expense increased by $150,000 to $2.3 million during 
2007 from $2.1 million in 2006 primarily due to a $289,000 charge and a $332,000 charge representing the 
write-down to fair value of two investment securities which management had deemed to be other than 
temporarily impaired. Salaries and benefits decreased $348,000 due primarily to a decrease in bonus 
expense in accordance with the Bank’s incentive bonus plan. We had 137 and 132 full-time equivalent 
employees at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

Provision for Income Taxes 

We accounted for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the 

recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that 
have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
determined based on the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities 
using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of 
a change in tax rates on deferred tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in 
the period that includes the enacted date.  

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        We record net tax assets to the extent it believes these assets will more likely than not be realized. In 
making such determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled 
reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent 
financial operations. In the event we determine that it would be able to realize its deferred income tax 
assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to reduce the 
current period provision for income taxes 

We recorded an income tax benefit of $4.9 million for 2008, and the provision for income taxes of 

$18.7 million for 2007 and $16.5 million for 2006.  Our effective tax rates were (49.3)%, 41.4% and 
41.5% for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, as compared to the statutory tax rate of 42.05%.   

The difference from the statutory rate for 2008, 2007 and 2006 is mainly due to the tax 
preferential tax treatment of life insurance proceed received, the earnings on cash surrender value of Bank-
Owned Life Insurance, the interest income from municipal securities and stock option expense associated 
with the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).  

Financial Condition 

For the period between December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, our assets, declined at the 

rate of 3.9%, while our loans and deposits were essentially flat. Our total assets at December 31, 2008 were 
$1.48 billion compared to $1.54 billion at December 31, 2007. Our earning assets at December 31, 2008 
totaled $1.39 billion compared to $1.48 billion at December 31, 2007. Total deposits at December 31, 2008 
and December 31, 2007 were $1.26 billion and $1.25 billion, respectively. 

Loans and Leases 

The largest component of our assets and source of interest income is our loan portfolio. The 

following table sets forth the amount of our loans and leases outstanding at the end of each of the periods 
indicated. We had no foreign loans or energy-related loans as of the dates indicated. 

 2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

2004 

Year Ended December 31, 

Loans and leases: 
Real estate−mini-perm 
Real estate−construction 
Commercial 
Trade finance 
Consumer 
Leases receivable and other 
Total gross loans and leases 
Less: allowance for loan and lease losses
Deferred loan and lease fees, net 
Total net loans and leases 

$    592,697 
    290,803 
    273,890 
      73,205 
             48 
             589 
 1,231,232 
    (26,935) 
           (167) 
$  1,204,130

$    518,304 
    366,706 
    255,912 
      91,565 
             44 
             568 
 1,233,099 
    (14,896) 
           (682) 
$  1,217,521

(In thousands) 

$ 438,280 
   271,021 
   201,385 
     86,067 
            45 
          519 
   997,317 
  (10,236) 
    (1,759) 
$ 985,322 

$ 372,251 
   171,646 
   149,428 
     76,700 
          121 
          997 
   771,143 
     (8,939) 
     (1,537) 
$ 760,667 

$ 358,220 
   112,002 
     98,547 
     45,951 
          222 
       1,018 
   615,960 
     (6,724) 
     (2,383) 
$ 606,853 

Total gross loans and leases at December 31, 2008 were $1.23 billion, flat from the $1.23 billion 
as of December 31, 2007. Real estate mini-perm loans which are real estate loans collateralized by various 
types of commercial and residential real estate, were up from $518.3 million as of December 31, 2007 to 
$592.7 million at December 31, 2008. Real estate construction loans which are loans made to borrowers 
and developers for the purpose of constructing residential or commercial properties, decreased $75.9 
million from December 31, 2007. Commercial & industrial and international loans which are primarily 
working capital revolving and term loans for business operations were essentially flat at $347 million at 
December 31, 2007 and 2008. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gross loans and leases increased by $235.8 million, or 23.6% during 2007 from the prior 
year. This growth is due to what was primarily a strong real estate market through most of 2007. In the 
latter part of 2007 the residential real estate market weakened considerably and loan growth during the 
fourth quarter of 2007 slowed down to 3.8%. 

Our real estate mini-perm loan portfolio grew during 2008 by $74.4 million or 14% to $592.7 

million from $518.3 million at December 31, 2007. A portion of this growth in 2008 was due to the 
conversion of construction loans whereby the construction of the property was completed and the loan was 
then renewed and converted to a mini-perm loan. This can be seen below as real estate mini-perm loans on 
apartments went from $68.5 million at December 31, 2007 to $110.9 million at December 31, 2008. As of 
December 31, 2008, land loans totaled $127.3 million compared to $150.8 million as of December 31, 
2007. Residential-use land, which has experienced the most value deterioration, comprises $74.8 million of 
the total land loans as of December 31, 2008 compared to $91.8 million in residential-use land loans as of 
December 31, 2007. Although we have not seen any systemic weakness in most of our mini-perm 
portfolio, we do believe that if this weak economic environment continues, we will see an increase in 
nonperforming loans in our mini-perm portfolio which could lead to additional loan losses in 2009. 

For the four years prior to 2008, the growth trend for our real estate mini-perm has been as 
follows: during the year 2007 it grew by $80.0 million, or 18.3%, to $518.3 million from $438.3 million at 
December 31, 2006; during 2006 it grew by $66.0 million, or 17.7%, from $372.3 million at December 31, 
2005; during 2005 it grew by $14.0 million, or 3.9% from $358.2 at December 31, 2004.  

The following table provides information about our real estate mini-perm portfolio by property 

type: 

At December 31, 2008 

At December 31, 2007 

Property Type 

Amount 

Percentage of 
Loans in Each 
Category in Total 
Loan Portfolio 

Commercial/Office 
Retail 
Industrial 
Residential 1-4 
Apartment 4+ 
Land/Special purpose 
Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

77,924 
82,663 
55,424 
66,968 
110,922 
   198,796  
   592,697  

6.33%
6.71
4.50
5.44
9.01
16.15
 48.14%

Percentage of 
Loans in Each 
Category in Total 
Loan Portfolio 

Amount 
(Dollars in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

64,450 
61,512 
76,968 
56,635 
68,493 
    190,246 
    518,304 

5.23%
4.99 
6.24 
4.59 
5.55 
  15.43 

42.03% 

During 2008 real estate construction loans declined by $75.9 million or 21% to $290.8 million at 

December 31, 2008 from $366.7 million at December 31, 2007; and grew in 2007 by $95.7 million or 
35.3%, from $271.0 million at December 31, 2006; and grew in 2006 by $99.4 million or 57.9%, from 
$171.6 million at December 31, 2005; and grew in 2005 by $59.6 million, or 53.2%, from $112.0 million 
at December 31, 2004. Real estate construction-residential has been the hardest hit of our loan segments 
due to the combination of deterioration in residential real estate values and lack of available financing. We 
expect the construction portfolio will continue to decrease in total balances and will decrease as percentage 
of the total loan portfolio as Management works to reduce our exposure to this type of real estate loan due 
to the weakness in the real estate market. If we are not successful in reducing our exposure in the segment 
and real estate values continue to decrease, we may experience additional loan losses in this segment of the 
portfolio in 2009. 

Commercial loans outstanding at December 31, 2008 increased by $18.0 million, or 7%, to $273.9 

million from $255.9 million at December 31, 2007; and increased by $54.5 million, or 27%, to $255.9 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
million at December 31, 2007 from $201.4 million at December 31, 2006; and increased by $51.9 million, 
or 35%, to $201.4 million at December 31, 2006 from $149.4 million at December 31, 2005; and increased 
by $50.9 million, or 52%, to $149.4 million at December 31, 2005 from $98.5 million at December 31, 
2004. Total commercial loan commitments (including undisbursed amounts) at December 31, 2008 
decreased $1.6 million or 0.4% to $370.0 from $371.6 million at December 31, 2007 while the rate of 
credit utilization decreased to 74.0% as of December 31, 2008 from 68.9% at December 31, 2007. We 
believe that this decrease in utilization is a result of an increase in the number of commercial customers and 
is consistent with the rest of the market. Subject to market conditions and interest rates, we intend to 
expand our commercial loans in the future through enhanced marketing efforts and expansion of our 
branch network. 

Trade finance loans decreased $18.4 million or 20% during 2008 to $73.2 million from $91.6 

million at December 31, 2007, and grew in 2007 by $5.5 million, or 6.4%, from $86.1 million at December 
31, 2006. We believe this increase is due to the economic recession and to the realized decline in import 
and export activity.  With economic recovery not expected to occur in 2009, trade finance activity likewise, 
will not see any rebound in 2009.   

Leases receivable and other loans increased during 2008 by $21,000, or 4%, to $589,000 at 
December 31, 2008 from $568,000 at December 31, 2007; and increased during 2007 by $49,000, or 9.4%, 
to $519,000 from December 31, 2006. 

Non-Performing Assets 

Generally, loans and leases are placed on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days or more 
past due or at such earlier time as management determines timely recognition of interest to be in doubt. 
Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan or lease when management believes, after considering 
economic conditions, business conditions and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is 
such that collection of interest is not likely. 

As of December 31, 2008 we had five other real estate owned (“OREO”) properties for $35.1 

million as compared to one OREO property for $8.4 million as of December 31, 2007. We had no OREO 
properties as of December 31, 2006. For the years-ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we had no 
OREO income. The foreclosed properties include: 

-  A construction project in Oakland, California for which the Bank is attempting to rezone 

part of the project to higher density in an effort to enhance the property value. The carrying 
amount of $7.9 million is based upon the appraised "as-is" value as of September 2008. 

-  A $12.2 million partially completed condo/apartment project in the Westside of Los 

Angeles. The amount represents the value of an accepted letter of interest from a potential 
buyer. We are currently negotiating a sales agreement and there are three additional offers 
that we have received for approximately the same amount. The last appraisal was concluded 
on October 23, 2008 for a value of $15.47 million. 

-  A $1.8 million residential tract land property in Carson City, Nevada which represents a 

23.08% ownership interest in this property. The Bank was a participant in the loan. 

-  A $5.7 million freeway adjacent commercial zoned land in Beaumont, California which 
represents a 50% ownership interest in this property. Carrying cost is 64% of appraisal 
value based on an appraisal completed on December 30, 2008. The Bank was a participant 
in the loan. 

-  A $7.5 million freeway adjacent residential land in Beaumont, California which represents a 
50% ownership interest in this property. Carrying cost is 54% of appraisal value based on an 
appraisal completed on December 31, 2008. The Bank was a participant in the loan. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
OREO is initially stated at fair value of the property based on appraisal, less estimated selling 

cost. Any cost in excess of the fair value at the time of acquisition is accounted for as a loan charge-off and 
deducted from the allowance for loan and lease losses. A valuation allowance is established for any 
subsequent declines in value through a charge to earnings. Operating expenses of such properties, net of 
related income, and gains and losses on their disposition are included in other operating income or expense, 
as appropriate. 

The following table summarizes the loans and leases for which the accrual of interest has been 
discontinued and loans and leases more than 90 days past due and still accruing interest, including those 
loans and leases that have been restructured, and OREO: 

Nonaccrual loans and leases, not restructured 
Accruing loans and leases past due 90 days or more 
Restructured loans and leases 
Total non-performing loans (NPLs) 
OREO 

Total non-performing assets (NPAs) 

Selected ratios: 
NPLs to total gross loans and leases held for investment 
NPAs to total assets 
______________________________ 

2008 

  $  66,588 
— 
197 
     66,785 
35,127 
  $ 101,912 

Year Ended December 31, 
2006 

2007 

2005 

(Dollars in thousands) 

  $  20,900  
—  
—  
     20,900  
8,444  
  $  29,344  

  $  1,120 
— 
— 
     1,120 
— 
  $  1,120 

  $  — 
— 
— 
— 
— 
  $  — 

2004 

 $ 

382 
— 
— 
382 
8,258 
 $  8,641 

   5.42%   
   6.87%   

  1.69% 
   1.90% 

    0.11%   
    0.08%   

    0.00%   
    0.00%   

     0.06% 
     0.95% 

The amount of interest income that we would have been recorded on the nonaccrual and impaired 
loans and leases had the loans and leases been current totaled $4,953,000, $546,000, and $41,000 for 2008, 
2007, and 2006, respectively. All payments received on loans classified as nonaccrual are applied first to 
principal. 

Impaired Loans and Leases 

Impaired loans and leases are commercial & industrial, real estate mini-perm and real estate 

construction loans for which it is probable that we will not be able to collect all amounts due according to 
the contractual terms of the loan or lease agreement. The category of impaired loans and leases is not 
comparable with the category of nonaccrual loans and leases, although the two categories overlap. 
Nonaccrual loans and leases include impaired loans and leases that are not reviewed on an individual basis 
for impairment. Management may choose to place a loan or lease on nonaccrual status due to payment 
delinquency or uncertain collectability, while not classifying the loan or lease as impaired if it is probable 
that we will collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan or lease or 
the loan. 

In determining whether or not a loan or lease is impaired, we apply our normal loan and lease 

review procedures on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration the circumstances surrounding the loan 
or lease and borrower, including the collateral value, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior 
payment record, the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed and the length of 
the delay. We measure impairment on a loan-by-loan basis using either the present value of expected future 
cash flows discounted at the loan’s or lease’s effective interest rate or at the fair value of the collateral if 
the loan or lease is collateral dependent, less estimated selling costs. Loans or leases for which an 
insignificant shortfall in amount of payments is anticipated, but where we expect to collect all amounts due, 
are not considered impaired. 

We had $117.6 million, $27.6 million and $5.4 million of impaired loans or leases at December 

31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.  The total allowance for loan and lease losses related to these loans 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
    
 
    
 
   
    
 
    
    
 
    
 
   
 
 
    
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and leases were $12.9 million, $3.7 million and $357,000 at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, 
respectively. Interest income recognized on such loans and leases during 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $4.3 
million, $1.9 million and $395,000, respectively.  The average recorded investment on impaired loans and 
leases during 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $94.2 million, $17.1 million and $4.1 million, respectively 

At December 31, 2008, we had $66.6 million of outstanding loans disclosed above as nonaccrual 

loans for which management questions the ability of the borrower to comply with the present loan 
repayment terms. These consisted of nineteen loans totaling $60.3 million that are secured by real estate 
and five commercial loans totaling $6.3 million. 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses 

The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level which, in management’s 
judgment, is adequate to absorb loan and lease losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The amount 
of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan and lease portfolio 
and that evaluation is based on historical loss experience and other significant factors.  

The methodology we use to estimate the amount of our allowance for credit losses is based on 

both objective and subjective criteria. While some criteria are formula driven, other criteria are subjective 
inputs included to capture environmental and general economic risk elements which may trigger losses in 
the loan portfolio, and to account for the varying levels of credit quality in the loan portfolios of the entities 
we have acquired that have not yet been captured in our objective loss factors.  

 Specifically, our allowance methodology contains four elements: (a) amounts based on specific 

evaluations of impaired loans; (b) amounts of estimated losses on loans classified as ‘special mention’; 
(c) amounts of estimated losses on loans not adversely classified which we refer to as ‘pass’ based on 
historical loss rates by loan type; and (d) amounts for estimated losses on loans rated as pass based on 
economic and other factors that indicate probable losses were incurred but were not captured through the 
other elements of our allowance process.  

Impaired loans are identified at each reporting date based on certain criteria and individually 

reviewed for impairment. A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that a creditor will be unable to 
collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. We measure 
impairment of a loan based upon the fair value of the loan's collateral if the loan is collateral dependent or 
the present value of cash flows, discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, if the loan is not 
collateralized. The impairment amount on a collateralized loan and a noncollateralized loan is set up as a 
specific reserve.  

Our loan portfolio, excluding impaired loans which are evaluated individually, is categorized into 

several pools for purposes of determining allowance amounts by loan pool. The loan pools we currently 
evaluate are: commercial & industrial, international, real estate - residential land, real estate construction -
residential, real estate construction-commercial and real estate – other. Within these loan pools, we then 
evaluate loans rated as pass credits, separately from adversely classified loans. The allowance amounts for 
pass rated loans, which are not reviewed individually, are determined using historical loss rates developed 
through migration analyses. The adversely classified loans are further grouped into three credit risk rating 
categories: special mention, substandard and doubtful.  

Finally, in order to ensure our allowance methodology is incorporating recent trends and 
economic conditions, we apply environmental and general economic factors to our allowance methodology 
including: credit concentrations; delinquency trends; economic and business conditions;; the quality of 
lending management and staff; lending policies and procedures; loss and recovery trends; nature and 
volume of the portfolio; nonaccrual and problem loan trends; and other adjustments for items not covered 
by other factors.  

Although we believe our process for determining our allowance adequacy to be adequate and 

believe that we have considered all risks within the loan portfolio, there can be no assurance that our 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
allowance will be adequate to absorb future losses. Factors such as a prolonged and deepened recession, 
higher unemployment rates than we have already anticipated, continued deterioration of California real 
estate values as well as natural disasters, civil unrest and terrorism can have a significantly negative impact 
on the performance of our loan portfolio and the occurrence of any single one of these factors may lead to 
additional future losses which can negatively impact our earnings, capital and liquidity. 

The table below summarizes loans and leases, average loans and leases, non-performing loans and 
leases and changes in the allowance for credit losses arising from loan and lease losses and additions to the 
allowance from provisions charged to operating expense: 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Loss History 

Allowance for loan losses: 

Balance at beginning of period 
Actual charge-offs: 

Commercial 
Trade finance 
Real estate-construction 
Real estate -mini-perm 
Leveraged lease 
Other (credit card) 
Total charge-offs 

Less recoveries: 
Commercial 
Trade finance 
Real estate-construction 
Real estate -mini-perm 
Leveraged leases 
Other 

Total recoveries 
Net loans charged-off (recovered) 
Provision for credit losses 
Balance at end of period 

2008 

2007 

Year Ended December 31, 
2006 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2005 

2004 

  $  14,896 

  $  10,236   

  $  8,939 

  $  6,724  

  $  6,168 

4,686 
— 
8,636 
5,206 
— 
— 
18,528 

— 
— 
— 
7 
— 
— 

7 
18,521 
        30.560   
  $    26,935   

240 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—   
240   

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—   
—   
240 
4,900   
    $  14,896  

273 
390 
— 
— 
— 
— 
663 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
663 
1,960 
  $  10,236 

5
—
—
—
—
—  
5  

110  
—
—
—
—
—  
110  
(105)
2,110  
  $  8,939  

103 
— 
— 
— 
1,000 
— 
1,103 

106 
— 
— 
— 
— 
3 

109 
994 
1,550 
  $  6,724 

Total gross loans and leases at end of period 
Average total loans and leases 
Non-performing loans and leases 

1,231,232 
1,220,348 
66,785 

1,233,099 
1,103,248 
20,900 

997,317 
867,674 
1,120 

771,143
692,320
—

615,961 
541,402 
382 

Selected ratios: 

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average 

loans and leases 

Provision for allowance for credit losses 

to average loans and leases 

Allowances for credit losses to loans 

and leases at end of period  
Allowance for credit losses to non-
performing loans and leases 

1.52% 

2.50% 

2.19% 

0.02% 

0.44% 

1.21% 

0.08% 

(0.02)% 

0.23% 

1.03% 

0.30% 

1.16% 

0.18%

0.29%

1.09%

40.33% 

71.27% 

913.93% 

n.m. 

1,758.64%

The allowance for loan and lease losses of $26.9 million at December 31, 2008, represented 

2.19% of total loans and leases and 40.33% of non-performing loans and leases. At December 31, 2007, 
the allowance for loan and lease losses totaled $14.9 million, or 1.21% of total loans and leases, net of 
deferred fees and costs, and 71.27% of non-performing loans and leases. At December 31, 2006 the 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
   
    
 
 
 
  
   
    
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
    
    
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial* 
Trade 
finance* 
Real estate 
Real estate-
constructio
n* 
Real estate 
-mini-
perm* 
Lease 
Other 
Unallocated 
Total 

allowance for loan and lease losses totaled $10.2 million or 1.03% of total loans and leases, net of deferred 
fees and costs, and 913.93% of non-performing loans and leases as of that date. Net charge-offs 
(recoveries) to average loans and leases were 1.52% for the year-ended December 31, 2008 compared to 
0.02% for the year-ended December 31, 2007. See “Critical Accounting Policies,” and Note 3 of the 
“Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” 

In allocating our allowance for loan and lease losses, management has considered the credit risk in 
the various loan and lease categories in our portfolio. As such, the allocations of the allowance for loan and 
lease losses are based upon our historical net loan and lease loss experience and the other factors discussed 
above. While every effort has been made to allocate the allowance to specific categories of loans, 
management believes that any allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses into loan categories 
lends an appearance of precision that does not exist. 

The following table reflects management’s allocation of the allowance and the percent of loans in 

each category to total loans and leases as of each of the following dates: 

At December 31, 
2006 

2005 

2004 

2008 

2007 

  Allocation 

of the 
Allowance 

  Allocation 

of the 
Allowance 

  Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category 
in Total 
Loans 

  Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category 
in Total 
Loans 

  Allocation 

of the 
Allowance 

Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category 
in Total 
Loans 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Allocation 
of the 
Allowance 

  $    3,018 
      2,317 

22.2% 

    5.9 

$  3,095 
       803 

20.8%   $    2,262 
        897 
   5.4 

20.2%  
   8.6 

$  2,312 
    1,231 

  Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category 
in Total 
Loans 

19.4% 

      9.9 

  Allocation 

of the 
Allowance 

Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category 
in Total 
Loans 

$ 1,511 
     645 

   16.0% 
  7.5 

     11,108 

  23.6 

     6,213 

 41.7 

    3,169 

 27.2 

    1,837 

  1,064 

 18.2 

     22.3 

     9,484 

48.1 

     4,779 

 32.1 

    3,822 

 43.9 

    3,513 

     48.2 

  3,456 

 58.1 

         — 
     1,004 
                4      
    $  26,935 

   0.0 
   0.1 
   0.1   
 100.0% 

             1 
            5 
          —      
$ 14,896 

  0.0 
  0.0 
  0.0  
 100.0% 

           3 
           4 
         79 
$10,236 

  0.0 
  0.1 
  0.0 
 100.0% 

           5 
            6 
          35 
  $   8,939 

       0.1 
       0.1 
       0.0 
  100.0% 

         7 
         4 
      37 
  $   6,724 

   0.1 
   0.1 
   0.0 
  100.0% 

* 

These categories include watch list credits. 

Allowance for Losses Related to Undisbursed Loan and Lease Commitments 

We maintain a reserve for undisbursed loan and lease commitments. Management estimates the 

amount of probable losses by applying the loss factors used in our allowance for loan and lease loss 
methodology to our estimate of the expected usage of undisbursed commitments for each loan and lease 
type. Provisions for allowance for undisbursed loan and lease commitments are recorded in other expense. 
The allowance for undisbursed loan and lease commitments totaled $60,000, $100,000, $70,000, $110,000 
and $200 at December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  

Investment Securities Available for sale 

The Bank classifies its debt and equity securities in two categories: held-to-maturity or 

available-for-sale. Securities that could be sold in response to changes in interest rates, increased loan 
demand, liquidity needs, capital requirements, or other similar factors are classified as securities 
available-for-sale. These securities are carried at fair value. Unrealized holding gains or losses, net of the 
related tax effect, on available-for-sale securities are excluded from income and are reported as a separate 
component of shareholders’ equity as other comprehensive income net of applicable taxes until realized. 
Realized gains and losses from the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined on a 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
specific-identification basis. Securities classified as held-to-maturity are those that the Bank has the 
positive intent and ability to hold until maturity. These securities are carried at amortized cost, adjusted for 
the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were no 
securities classified in the held-to-maturity portfolio. 

The Bank performs regular impairment analysis on its investment securities portfolio.  If the Bank 
determines that a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary, an impairment write-down is recognized in 
current earnings.  Other-than-temporary declines in fair value are assessed based on the duration the 
security has been in a continuous unrealized loss position, the severity of the decline in value, the rating of 
the security, the long-term financial prospects of the issuer and the Bank’s ability and intent on holding the 
securities until recovery. The new cost basis is not changed for subsequent recoveries in fair value. 

Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related held-to-maturity or 

available-for-sale security as an adjustment to yield using the effective-interest method. Dividend and 
interest income are recognized when earned. 

Our portfolio of investment securities consists primarily of U.S. Government agency securities, 

investment grade and non-investment-grade corporate notes, mortgage-backed securities, , municipal 
bonds, collateralized debt obligations and FHLMC (“Freddie Mac”) preferred stock, which is included in 
other securities. We categorize our entire securities portfolio as available-for-sale securities. We invest in 
securities to generate interest income and to maintain a liquid source of funding for our lending and other 
operations, including withdrawals of deposits. We do not engage in active trading in our investment 
securities portfolio. While management has the intent and ability to hold all securities until maturity, we 
have realized and from time to time may realize gains from sales of selected securities primarily in 
response to changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2008, investment securities classified as available-
for-sale with a carrying value of $1.2 million were pledged to secure public deposits. 

The carrying value of our investment securities at December 31, 2008 totaled $104.4 million 
compared to $245.3 million at December 31, 2007.  During 2008, our investment securities portfolio 
decreased which was due to sales of investment securities and not replacing maturing investment securities 
which were no longer required to be pledged to secure public agency deposits. In addition, the Bank 
recorded other than temporary impairment charges on certain corporate notes and collateralized debt 
obligations of $12.4 million during 2008. The carrying value of our portfolio of investment securities at 
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was as follows: 

U.S. Government agencies 
Corporate notes 
Mortgage-backed securities and 
collateralized debt obligations 
Municipal securities 
Freddie Mac preferred stock 

  $ 

Total securities available-for-sale 

  $ 

Estimated Market Value 
At December 31, 
2007 

  $ 

(In thousands) 
131,032 
30,191 

32,583 
46,553 
4,909 
245,268 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2008 

23,115 
22,722 

15,676 
42,778 
115 
104,406 

2006 

142,106 
16,657 

18,057 
19,308 
2,561 
198,689 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows the maturities of investment securities at December 31, 2008, and the 

weighted average yields of such securities: 

At December 31, 2008 

Within One 
Year 

After One Year 
but within 
Five Years 

After Five Years 
but within 
Ten Years 

After Ten 
Years 

Total 

  Amount 

  Yield 

  Amount 

  Yield 

  Amount 

  Yield 

  Amount 

  Yield 

  Amount 

(Dollars in thousands) 

4.98
% 
  6.07 

$16,798 

    2,884 

4.53
% 
  8.17 

$     — 

 —% 

$   5,303 

5.89 % 

$23,115 

       — 

  — 

  18,837 

  6.24 

   22,722

  Yield 

4.86% 

  6.48 

U.S. Government agencies 

$  1,014 

Corporate notes 
Mortgage-backed securities 
and collateralized debt  

obligations 

Municipal securities 
Freddie Mac preferred 
stock 

     1,001 

       — 
       — 
       — 

Total securities 
Available-for-sale 

  $ 2,015 

  — 

  — 

  — 

5.52
%

       — 
       — 
       — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

       — 
  1,047 
       — 

  — 
  6.71 
  — 

  15,676 
  41,731 
    115 

  4.88 
  6.86 
  — 

   15,676
   42,778
       115 

  4.88 

  6.86 
    — 

$ 19,682 

5.06
%

$ 1,047 

  6.71
%

  $ 81,662 

6.34
%

  $104,406

6.09%

The following table shows the maturities of investment securities at December 31, 2007, and the 

weighted average yields of such securities: 

At December 31, 2007 

Within One 
Year 

  After One Year 

  After Five Years 

but within 
Five Years 

but within 
Ten Years 

After Ten 
Years 

Total 

  Amount 

  Yield 

  Amount

  Yield 

  Amount

  Yield 

  Amount 

  Yield 

  Amount

  Yield 

(Dollars in thousands) 

  U.S. Government agencies 

  $  63,336 

  4.82% 
  6.91 

  $65,697  

5.33
% 
    5,858   6.32 

  $1,999 

       — 

  5.30
% 
  — 

  $      — 

  —% 

  $131,032

  18,167 

  6.95 

   30,191

     6,166 

Corporate notes 
Mortgage-backed securities 
and collateralized debt  

obligations 

Municipal securities 
Freddie Mac preferred 
stock 

Total securities 
Available-for-sale 

    1,492 
    1,937 
       — 

  5.61 
  3.65 
  — 

    5,263   5.59 
    2,136   3.50 
  — 
       — 

   8,102 
 13,112 
       — 

  5.67 
  4.17 
  — 

  17,726 
  29,368 
  4,909 

  6.34 
  4.33 
  6.01 

   32,583
   46,553
    4,909

  $ 72,931 

  4.99% 

  $ 78,95 

5.37
%

  $23,213   4.79

  $70,170 

%

5.63
%

  $245,268

  5.28%

5.08
% 

  6.82 

  4.61 

  2.73 

  6.01 

The Bank owns $22.7 million in corporate notes which inherently carry more risk than U.S. 

Agency obligations, U.S. Agency mortgage-backed securities or municipal bonds. Two of these notes are 
now rated as below investment grade and these are the two corporate notes for which we have previously 
recorded OTTI charges. The aggregate carrying amount of these two notes is $1.18 million as of December 
31, 2008. If the financial condition does not improve for these two issuers then we may record additional 
OTTI charges for these two notes in 2009. The remaining $21.5 million in corporate notes are all either 
single-issuer trust preferred securities or subordinated debt of large financial institutions. All of these notes 
with the exception of $3.0 million are impaired as of December 31, 2008. If the financial condition of these 
issuers deteriorates further, we may be required to record OTTI charges in 2009 on these notes. 

The Bank owns four collateralized debt obligations (“CDO’s”) with a carrying value of $3.76 
million as of December 31, 2008. These are CDO’s which are collateralized by pools of trust preferred 
securities issued primarily by community and regional banks and some insurance companies. With the 
decline in the health of many financial institutions, the fair value of these bonds has deteriorated. During 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2008, we recorded $4.3 million in OTTI charges related to two of these securities. If the financial health of 
the underlying banks continues to deteriorate, we may be required to record additional OTTI charges in 
2009. 

Additional information concerning investment securities is provided in Note 2 of the “Notes to 

Consolidated Financial Statements” in this annual report. 

Deposits 

Total deposits were $1.26 billion at December 31, 2008 compared to $1.25 billion at December 

31, 2007. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits decreased to $196.4 million at December 31, 2008 
compared to $230.1 million at December 31, 2007. The ratio of noninterest-bearing deposits to total 
deposits was 16% at December 31, 2008 and 18% at December 31, 2007. Interest-bearing deposits are 
comprised of interest-bearing demand deposits, money market accounts, regular savings accounts, time 
deposits of under $100,000 and time deposits of $100,000 or more. 

The following table shows the average amount and average rate paid on the categories of deposits 

for each of the periods indicated: 

2008 

Year Ended December 31, 
2007 

2006 

Average 
Balance 

Average 
Rate 

Average 
Balance 

Average 
Rate 

Average 
Balance 

Average 
Rate 

(Dollars in thousands) 

$    205,764 

   0.00% 

$    220,050 

   0.00% 

$  207,685 

   0.00% 

        33,650 
      109,383 
        73,042 
      823,249 
$ 1,245,088 

0.79 
1.01 
1.96 
3.45 
   3.00% 

        31,489 
        99,551 
       91,717 
     739,696 
$ 1,182,503 

1.45 
2.22 
3.81 
4.90 
   4.41% 

     26,353 
   106,962 
     67,317 
   597,504 
$ 1,005,821 

1.20 
2.00 
3.61 
4.30 
    3.83% 

Noninterest-bearing 
deposits 
Interest-bearing demand 
Money market 
Savings 
Time certificates of deposit 

Total 

Average total deposits increased steadily through 2008. The increase in average total deposits for 

2008 was primarily driven by an increase of $83.6 million in time certificates of deposit. Additional 
information concerning deposits is provided in Note 5 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” 
in the annual report. 

The largest component of our deposits has been, and in the near term is likely to be, time 

certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more. We market and receive time certificates of deposit from our 
existing and new high net worth customers, especially from the Chinese communities within our branch 
network. While we do not attempt to be a market leader in offered interest rates, we attempt to offer 
competitive rates on these time certificates of deposit within a range offered by other banks with which we 
compete. 

The following table shows the maturities of time certificates of deposit and other time deposits of 

$100,000 or more at December 31, 2008 and 2007: 

Three months or less 
Over three months through six months 
Over six months through twelve months 
Over twelve months 

Total 

70 

At December 31, 

2008 

2007 

(In thousands) 

  $  454,178 
226,651 
184,131 
6,821 
  $  871,781 

  $  443,511 
221,014 
119,263 
8,621 
  $  792,409 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
Capital Resources 

Current risk-based regulatory capital standards generally require banks to maintain a ratio of 

“core” or “Tier 1” capital (consisting principally of common equity) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4%, 
a ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage ratio) of at least 4% and a ratio of total capital 
(which includes Tier 1 capital plus certain forms of subordinated debt, a portion of the allowance for loan 
and lease losses and preferred stock) to risk-weighted assets of at least 8%. Risk-weighted assets are 
calculated by multiplying the balance in each category of assets by a risk factor, which ranges from zero 
for cash assets and certain government obligations to 100% for some types of loans, and adding the 
products together. 

Our goal is to exceed the minimum regulatory capital requirements for well-capitalized 

institutions. At December 31, 2008, our capital ratios were above the minimum requirements for well-
capitalized institutions. In the future, we intend to make minor adjustments to our balance sheet which may 
include reducing the total size of the balance sheet in order to effectively manage our capital ratios. In 
addition, in the future, we intend to originate credit lines when possible with an original maturity of one 
year or less, which have a zero percent conversion factor, instead of exceeding one year or more, which are 
50% risk weighted assets. On a quarterly basis, we perform a stress test on our capital to determine our 
level of capital in various economic circumstances looking out twelve months into the future. Although we 
believe that our existing capital will be sufficient for the foreseeable future to satisfy minimum regulatory 
capital requirements, a continued, deepening recessionary economic environment could possibly the Bank 
to be required to raise capital, sell off assets or a combination of both.  

At December 31, 
2008 

At December 31, 
2007 

Leverage Ratio 
Preferred Bank ...........................................................................
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution .........
Minimum regulatory requirement ..............................................

          9.76% 
          5.00% 
          4.00% 

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio 
Preferred Bank ...........................................................................
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution .........
Minimum regulatory requirement ..............................................

        10.39% 
          6.00% 
          4.00% 

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio 
Preferred Bank ...........................................................................
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution .........
Minimum regulatory requirement ..............................................

       11.65% 
       10.00% 
         8.00% 

        10.31% 
          5.00% 
          4.00% 

        10.54% 
          6.00% 
          4.00% 

         11.57% 
         10.00% 
           8.00% 

In accordance with the stock repurchase plan adopted by the Board of Directors in June of 2007, 

the Bank repurchased the following shares during the first quarter of 2008: 

Total Cost 
215,054 
254,564 
103,923 
88,550 
45,706 
400,000 
1,985,000 
142,932 
696,000 
            207,993 
                                                                                          215,425                      4,139,722 

Date 
February 13, 2008 
February 14, 2008 
February 19, 2008 
February 27, 2008 
February 28, 2008 
March 3, 2008 
March 4, 2008 
March 10, 2008 
March 11, 2008 
March 13, 2008 

Number of Shares 
10,300 
12,358 
5,000 
4,600 
2,367 
20,000 
100,000 
8,300 
40,000 
      12,500 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

The following table presents our contractual cash obligations, excluding deposits and 

unrecognized tax benefits, as of December 31, 2008: 

Amount of Commitment Expiring per Period 

Contractual Obligations (1) 

FHLB Advances 
Fed Funds Purchased 
Operating Lease Obligations  

Total 

Total 
Amounts 
Committed 

  $  58,000 
     —  
        17,947 
  $  75,947 

Less Than 
1 year 

  $   35,000 
     —  
         1,795 
  $  36,795 

1-3 Years 

3-5 Years 

After 5 Years 

(In thousands) 

  $    23,000 
     —   
          4,458 
  $  27,458 

  $           —  
     —  
            3,159 
3,159 
  $ 

  $          —  
     —  
          8,535 
8,535 
  $ 

(1)   Contractual obligations do not include interest. 

In the normal course of business, we enter into off-balance sheet arrangements consisting of 

commitments to extend credit, to fund commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. 
Commercial letters of credit are originated to facilitate transactions both domestic and foreign while 
standby letters of credit are originated to issue payments on behalf of the Bank’s customers when specific 
future events occur. Historically, the Bank has rarely issued payment under standby letters of credit, which 
the Bank’s customer is obligated to reimburse the Bank. The Bank could also liquidate collateral or offset a 
customer’s deposit accounts to satisfy this payment. The following table presents these off-balance sheet 
arrangements at December 31, 2008: 

Amount of off-balance sheet Expiring per Period 

Total 
Amounts 
Committed 

  $  345,653 
         3,141 
        21,079 
  $  369,873 

Less Than 
1 year 

  $  231,794 
         3,141 
        17,394 
  $ 252,329 

1-3 Years 

3-5 Years 

After 5 Years 

(In thousands) 

  $    96,854 
     —   
          3,685 
  $  100,539 

  $       3,767 
     —  
               —  
3,767 
  $ 

  $    13,238 
     —  
              —  
  $  13,238 

Off-balance sheet arrangements 

Commitments to extend credit 
Commercial letters of credit 
Standby letter of credit 

Total 

Liquidity 

Based on our existing business plan, we believe that our level of liquid assets is sufficient to meet 

our current and presently anticipated funding needs. We rely on deposits as the principal source of funds 
and, therefore, must be in a position to service depositors’ needs as they arise. We attempt to maintain a 
loan-to-deposit ratio below approximately 95%. Due to higher growth in loans than deposits during 2008, 
our loan-to-deposit ratio was 97.9% at December 31, 2008 compared to 98.4% at December 31, 2007. 

Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, or FHLBSF, are another source 
of  funding  for  our  loan  and  investment  activities.  At  December  31,  2008,  we  could  borrow  up  to  an 
additional  $118.6  million  on  top  of  the  $58  million  already  outstanding  with  collateral  of  specifically 
identified loans and securities. In addition, we have pledged securities with a market value of $65.2 million 
at the Federal Reserve Discount Window which we may borrow from on an overnight basis. We have no 
uncommitted  borrowing  lines  with  other  financial  institutions.  As  an  additional  condition  of  borrowing 
from the FHLBSF, we are required to purchase FHLB stock. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank  was  required  to  purchase  the  greater  of  $4,179,000  of  FHLB  stock  based  on  the  volume  of 
“membership assets” as defined by the FHLB or $2,726,000 in FHLB stock based on 4.7% of outstanding 
borrowings  with  the  FHLB.    At  December  31,  2008,  the  Bank  held  $4,996,000  in  FHLB  stock.  On 
February 11, 2009, the Bank issued $26.0 million of unsecured senior debt in a pooled private placement 
transaction  which  carries  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation's  ("FDIC")  guarantee  under  its 
Temporary  Liquidity  Guarantee  Program.  The  issuance  has  a  3-year  maturity  and a fixed interest rate of 
2.74%  paid  semiannually.  Under  the  Temporary  Liquidity  Guarantee  Program,  the  FDIC  will  provide  a 
100% guarantee of certain unsecured senior debt of eligible FDIC-insured institutions. 

We also attempt to maintain a liquidity ratio (liquid assets, including cash and due from banks, 
federal funds sold and investment securities not pledged as collateral expressed as a percentage of total 
deposits) above approximately 18%. Our liquidity ratios were 27% at December 31, 2008 and 19% at 
December 31, 2007. We believe that in the event the level of liquid assets (our primary liquidity) does not 
meet our liquidity needs, other available sources of liquid assets (our secondary liquidity), including the 
sales of securities under agreements to repurchase, sales of unpledged investment securities or loans, 
utilizing the discount window borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank as well as borrowing from the 
FHLBSF could be employed to meet those funding needs. We have a Contingency Funding Plan Policy 
which is reviewed annually by the Board of Directors which sets forth actions to be taken in the event that 
our liquidity ratios fall below Board-established guidelines. Although we believe that our funding 
resources will be more than adequate to meet our obligations, we cannot be certain of this adequacy if 
further economic deterioration or other negative events occur that could impair our ability to meet our 
funding obligations. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Market risk is the risk of loss in a financial instrument arising from adverse changes in market 
prices and rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. Our market risk 
arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in our lending and deposit taking activities. To that end, 
management actively monitors and manages our interest rate risk exposure. We do not have any market 
risk sensitive instruments entered into for trading purposes. We manage our interest rate sensitivity by 
matching the re-pricing opportunities on our earning assets to those on our funding liabilities. Management 
uses various asset/liability strategies to manage the re-pricing characteristics of our assets and liabilities 
designed to ensure that exposure to interest rate fluctuations is limited and within our guidelines of 
acceptable levels of risk-taking. Hedging strategies, including the terms and pricing of loans and deposits 
and managing the deployment of our securities, are used to reduce mismatches in interest rate re-pricing 
opportunities of portfolio assets and their funding sources. 

Interest rate risk is addressed by our Asset Liability Management Committee, or the ALCO, which 

is comprised of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and members of the board of 
directors. The ALCO monitors interest rate risk by analyzing the potential impact on the net portfolio of 
equity value and net interest income from potential changes in interest rates, and considers the impact of 
alternative strategies or changes in balance sheet structure. The ALCO manages our balance sheet in part to 
maintain the potential impact on net portfolio value and net interest income within acceptable ranges 
despite rate changes in interest rates. 

Our exposure to interest rate risk is monitored continuously by senior management and is 
reviewed by the ALCO at least eight times a year, and at least quarterly by our board of directors. Interest 
rate risk exposure is measured using interest rate sensitivity analysis to determine our change in net 
portfolio value and net interest income in the event of hypothetical changes in interest rates. If potential 
changes to net portfolio value and net interest income resulting from our analysis of hypothetical interest 
rate changes are not within board-approved limits, the board may direct management to adjust the asset and 
liability mix to bring interest rate risk within board-approved limits. This analysis of hypothetical interest 
rate changes is performed on a monthly basis by a third party vendor utilizing detailed data that we provide 
to them. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
Market Value of Portfolio Equity 

We measure the impact of market interest rate changes on the net present value of estimated cash 
flows from our assets and liabilities defined as market value of portfolio equity, using a simulation model. 
This simulation model assesses the changes in the market value of interest rate sensitive financial 
instruments that would occur in response to an instantaneous and sustained increase or decrease in market 
interest rates. 

The following table presents forecasted changes in net portfolio value using a base market rate 
and the estimated change to the base scenario given an immediate and sustained upward and downward 
movement in interest rates of 100 and 200 basis points at December 31, 2008. 

Market Value of Portfolio Equity 

Interest Rate Scenario 

Up 200 basis points 
Up 100 basis points 
Base 
Down 100 basis points 
Down 200 basis points 

Market Value 

(Dollars in 
thousands) 
   $  145,882  
   $  149,264  
   $  153,260  
   $  159,015  
   $  162,497  

Percentage 
Change 
from Base 

  Percentage 

of Total 
Assets 

Percentage of 
Portfolio Equity 
Book Value 

      (4.81)%   
      (2.61) 
         —  
       3.75 
       6.03 

  9.84% 
 10.06 
 10.33 
 10.72 
 10.96 

    106.10% 
    108.56 
    111.47 
    115.65 
    118.19 

The computation of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on 

numerous assumptions, including relative levels of market interest rates, asset prepayments and deposit 
decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results. Further, the computations do not 
contemplate any actions we may undertake in response to changes in interest rates. Actual amounts may 
differ from the projections set forth above should market conditions vary from the underlying assumptions. 

Net Interest Income 

In order to measure interest rate risk at December 31, 2008, we used a simulation model to project 
changes in net interest income that result from forecasted changes in interest rates. This analysis calculates 
the difference between net interest income forecasted using a rising and a falling interest rate scenario and 
a net interest income forecast using a base market interest rate derived from the current treasury yield 
curve. The income simulation model includes various assumptions regarding the re-pricing relationships 
for each of our products. Many of our assets are floating rate loans, which are assumed to re-price 
immediately, and to the same extent as the change in market rates according to their contracted index. 
Some loans and investment vehicles include the opportunity of prepayment (embedded options), and 
accordingly the simulation model uses national indexes to estimate these prepayments and reinvest their 
proceeds at current yields. Our non-term deposit products re-price more slowly, usually changing less than 
the change in market rates and at our discretion. 

This analysis indicates the impact of changes in net interest income for the given set of rate changes and 
assumptions. It assumes no growth in the balance sheet and that its structure will remain similar to the 
structure at year end. It does not account for all factors that impact this analysis, including changes by 
management to mitigate the impact of interest rate changes or secondary impacts such as changes to our 
credit risk profile as interest rates change. Furthermore, loan prepayment rate estimates and spread 
relationships change regularly. Interest rate changes create changes in actual loan prepayment rates that 
will differ from the market estimates incorporated in this analysis. Changes that vary significantly from the 
assumptions may have significant effects on our net interest income. 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the rising and falling interest rate scenarios, the base market interest rate forecast was 

increased or decreased on an instantaneous and sustained basis. 

Sensitivity of Net Interest Income December 31, 2008 

Interest Rate Scenario 

Up 200 basis points 
Up 100 basis points 
Base 
Down 100 basis points 
Down 200 basis points 

Adjusted Net 
Interest Income 

(Dollars in 
thousands) 
50,391 
46,766 
43,066 
39,488 
35,362 

 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 

Percentage 
Change 
from Base 

  Net Interest 

Margin 
Percent 

Net Interest 
Margin Change 
(in basis points) 

    17.01% 

8.59 
          — 
        (8.31) 
      (17.89) 

    3.62% 
    3.36 
    3.10 
    2.84 
    2.54 

        0.53 
        0.27 
        —  
      (0.26) 
      (0.55) 

At December 31, 2008, we had $974.2 million in assets and $899.8 million in liabilities re-pricing 

within one year. This indicates that approximately $74.4 million more of our interest rate sensitive assets 
than our interest rate sensitive liabilities will change to the then current rate (changes occur due to the 
instruments being at a variable rate or because the maturity of the instrument requires its replacement at the 
then current rate). The ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities maturing or re-pricing 
within one year at December 31, 2008 is 108.3%. In theory, this analysis indicates that at December 31, 
2008, if interest rates were to increase, the gap would tend to result in a higher net interest margin. 
However, changes in the mix of earning assets or supporting liabilities can either increase or decrease the 
net interest margin without affecting interest rate sensitivity. In addition, the interest rate spread between an 
asset and its supporting liability can vary significantly while the timing of re-pricing of both the asset and 
its supporting liability can remain the same, thus impacting net interest income. This characteristic is 
referred to as basis risk, and generally relates to the re-pricing characteristics of short-term funding sources 
such as certificates of deposit. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations (Revised 2007).” 

SFAS 141R replaces SFAS 141, “Business Combinations,” and applies to all transactions and other events 
in which one entity obtains control over one or more other businesses. SFAS 141R requires an acquirer, 
upon initially obtaining control of another entity, to recognize the assets, liabilities and any non-controlling 
interest in the acquiree at fair value as of the acquisition date. Contingent consideration is required to be 
recognized and measured at fair value on the date of acquisition rather than at a later date when the amount 
of that consideration may be determinable beyond a reasonable doubt. This fair value approach replaces the 
cost-allocation process required under SFAS 141 whereby the cost of an acquisition was allocated to the 
individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair value. SFAS 141R requires 
acquirers to expense acquisition-related costs as incurred rather than allocating such costs to the assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed, as was previously the case under SFAS 141. Under SFAS 141R, the 
requirements of SFAS 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” would have 
to be met in order to accrue for a restructuring plan in purchase accounting and, instead, that contingency 
would be subject to the probable and estimable recognition criteria of SFAS 5, “Accounting for 
Contingencies.” This statement is effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on 
after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The 
adoption of SFAS 141R is not expected to have a significant impact on the Bank’s consolidated financial 
statements. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interest in Consolidated 

Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB Statement No. 51.” SFAS 160 amends Accounting Research 
Bulletin (ARB) No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements,” to establish accounting and reporting 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. SFAS 
160 clarifies that a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary, which is sometimes referred to as minority 
interest, is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as a component of equity 
in the consolidated financial statements. Among other requirements, SFAS 160 requires consolidated net 
income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the non-
controlling interest. It also requires disclosure, on the face of the consolidated income statements, of the 
amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the non-controlling interest. SFAS 160 
is effective for the Bank on January 1, 2009, and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Bank’s 
consolidated financial statements. 

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and 

Hedging Activities-an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133.”  SFAS 161 changes disclosure 
requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. The Statement requires enhanced 
disclosures about (a) how and why derivative instruments are used, (b) how derivative and related hedged 
items are accounted for under Statement 133 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative 
instruments and related hedged items affect financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This 
Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after 
November 15, 2008, with early adoption permitted. The Bank had no derivative instruments designated as 
hedges as of December 31, 2008, and as such, SFAS 161 is not expected to have an impact on the Bank’s 
consolidated financial statements. The Bank will adopt FAS 161 on January 1, 2009. 

In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-06-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in 

Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities. FSP EITF 03-06-1 requires all 
outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to nonforfeitable dividends to be 
considered participating securities and requires entities to apply the two-class method of computing basic 
and diluted earnings per share. This FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, 
and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. The Bank’s adoption of this 
statement is not expected to have a significant impact on the Bank’s consolidated financial statements. 

On  October  10,  2008,  the  FASB  Staff  issued  a  FASB  Staff  Position  (“FSP”)  related  to  SFAS 
No. 157, FSP 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset is 
not Active. The provisions of FSP 157-3 are effective on issuance. FSP 157-3 clarifies the application of 
SFAS  No. 157, in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in 
determining  the  fair  value  of  a  financial  asset  when  the  market  for  that  financial  asset  is  not  active. 
Application issues addressed by the FSP include: 

•  How  management’s  internal  assumptions  should  be  considered  when  measuring  fair  value 

when relevant observable data do not exist 

•  How observable market information in a market that is not active should be considered when 

measuring fair value 

•  How  the  use  of  market  quotes  should  be  considered  when  assessing  the  relevance  of 

observable and unobservable data available to measure fair value. 

The  Bank’s  adoption  of  FSP  157-3  did  not  have  a  material  effect  on  the  Bank’s  consolidated 

financial statements. 

 In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8, " Disclosures by Public 

Entities (Enterprises) About Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities". This 
disclosure-only FSP improves the transparency of transfers of financial assets and an enterprise's 
involvement with variable interest entities (VIEs), including qualifying special-purpose entities (QSPEs). 
The disclosures required by this FSP are intended to provide greater transparency to financial statement 
users about a transferor's continuing involvement with transferred financial assets and an enterprise's 
involvement with variable interest entities and qualifying SPEs. This FSP shall be effective for the first 
reporting period ending after December 15, 2008, with earlier application encouraged, and shall be applied 
for each annual and interim reporting period thereafter. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to 
have a significant impact on the Bank’s consolidated financial statements. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
In January 2009, the FASB issued FSP EITF 99-20-1 ("EITF 99-20-1"), Amendments to the 
Impairment Guidance of EITF Issue No. 99-20 , which revises the other-than-temporary-impairment 
("OTTI") guidance on beneficial interests in securitized financial assets that are within the scope of EITF 
Issue 99-20. EITF 99-20-1 amends Issue 99-20 to more closely align its OTTI guidance with paragraph 16 
of FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, by 
(1) removing the notion of a "market participant" and (2) inserting a "probable" concept related to the 
estimation of a beneficial interest's cash flows. EITF 99-20-1 is effective prospectively for interim and 
annual periods ending after December 15, 2008. Retrospective application of this FSP is prohibited. The 
adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Bank's financial condition, results of 
operations, or cash flows.  

Inflation 

The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary items held by us, the dollar value of which 

is not affected by inflation. Only a small portion of total assets is in premises and equipment. The lower 
inflation rate of recent years has not had the positive impact on us that was felt in many other industries. 
Our small fixed asset investment minimizes any material effect of asset values and depreciation expenses 
that may result from fluctuating market values due to inflation. Higher inflation rates may increase 
operating expenses or have other adverse effects on borrowers of the banks, making collection on 
extensions of credit more difficult for us. Rates of interest paid or charged generally rise if the marketplace 
believes inflation rates will increase. 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES OF MARKET RISKS 

For quantitative and qualitative disclosures regarding market risks in our portfolio, see, 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative 
and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.” 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The financial statements of the Bank, including the “Report of Independent Registered Public 

Accounting Firm,” are included in this report immediately following Part IV. 

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON 

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

As of December 31, 2008, Preferred Bank carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and 

with the participation of Preferred Bank management, including Preferred Bank’s Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of Preferred Bank disclosure 
controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Securities and Exchange 
Commission (“SEC”) rules. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer concluded that: 

•  Preferred Bank disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period 
covered by this report in timely alerting them to material information relating to Preferred 
Bank that is required to be included in Preferred Bank periodic SEC filings. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Preferred Bank internal controls over financial reporting provide reasonable assurance 

regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 

•  During the quarter ended December 31, 2008 there have been no significant changes in 
Preferred Bank internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could 
significantly affect these controls subsequent to the evaluation date. 

•  Disclosure controls and procedures are defined in the SEC rules as controls and other 

procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in Exchange Act 
reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within time periods specified in the 
SEC’s rules and forms. Preferred Bank disclosure controls and procedures were designed to 
ensure that material information related to Preferred Bank is made known to management, 
including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, in a timely manner. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

The Management of Preferred Bank is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate 

internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission. The Bank’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to 
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Internal 
control over financial reporting includes those written policies and procedures that: 

•  pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the 

transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; 

•  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation 

of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

•  provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and 

•  provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 

acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the 
consolidated financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or 
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to 
the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of 
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Management under the supervision and with the participation of the Bank’s principal executive 

officer and principal financial officer assessed the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. Management based this assessment on criteria for effective 
internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment 
included an evaluation of the design of Preferred Bank’s internal control over financial reporting and 
testing of the operational effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Management 
reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. 

Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2008, Preferred Bank 

maintained effective internal control over financial reporting. 

KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Bank’s financial 

statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10K, has issued an attestation report on the 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. This report 
which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2008 is included in this term under the heading “Report of Independent 
Registered Public Accounting Firm.” 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Preferred Bank: 

We have audited Preferred Bank’s (the Bank) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Preferred Bank's management is 
responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s 
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Bank’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.   

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board  (United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable 
assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material 
respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other 
procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external 
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company's internal control over 
financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records 
that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit 
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that 
receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of 
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or 
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a 
material effect on the financial statements.   

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk 
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance 
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Preferred Bank maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of Preferred Bank and subsidiary 
as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations and 
comprehensive (loss) income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the 
three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated March 30, 2009 expressed an unqualified 
opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Los Angeles, California 
March 30, 2009 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

On April 23, 2008 we submitted Form 4 “Statement of Changes in Beneficial Ownership of 

Securities” as a late filing for acquisition and disposal of securities with a transaction date of February 8, 
2007 and March 7, 2007. The beneficial owner of the subject securities is Bestwood Trust 1.  On January 
27, 2009, we submitted Form 4 “Statement of Changes in Beneficial Ownership of Securities” as a late 
filing for acquisition of securities with a transaction date of December 17, 2008. The beneficial owner of 
the subject securities is Gary Nunnelly. 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 

Information concerning directors and executive officers of the Bank, to the extent not included 
under “Item 4A under the heading “Executive Officers of the Bank”, will appear in the Bank’s definitive 
proxy statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2008 Proxy Statement”), and such 
information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled 
“ELECTION OF DIRECTORS,” if filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation pursuant to 
Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Bank’s most recently completed fiscal year or 
(ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on Form 
10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period. 

Code of Ethics 

The Bank has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal 

financial and accounting officer, controller, and persons performing similar functions. The code of ethics is 
posted on our internet website at www.preferredbank.com. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DISCLOSURE 

Information concerning executive compensation will appear in the 2008 Definitive Proxy 
Statement, and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the 
sections entitled “COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS” and “COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE 
OFFICERS,” if filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation pursuant to Regulation 14A not later 
than 120 days after the end of the Bank’s most recently completed fiscal year or (ii) included in an 
amendment to this report filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on Form 10-K not later than 
the end of such 120 day period. 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND 

MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS 

Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and 

information related to the Bank’s equity compensation plans will appear in the 2008 Proxy Statement, and 
such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the sections 
entitled “BENEFICIAL STOCK OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS AND 
MANAGEMENT” and “SECURITIES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY 
COMPENSATION PLANS,” if filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation pursuant to 
Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Bank’s most recently completed fiscal year or 
(ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on Form 
10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND 

DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions will appear in the 2008 

Proxy Statement, and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference 
from the section entitled “CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS and 
“DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE,” if filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation pursuant to 
Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Bank’s most recently completed fiscal year, or 
(ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on Form 
10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

Information concerning principal accountant fees and services will appear in the 2008 Definitive 

Proxy Statement, and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference 
from the section entitled “INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,” if filed with the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Bank’s most 
recently completed fiscal year or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation on Form 10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period. 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a)(1) Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ..................................................................................... 85 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2008 and 2007 .................................................. 86 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive(Loss) Income for the Years Ended December 31, 

2008, 2007 and 2006.......................................................................................................................................... 87 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 

and 2006............................................................................................................................................................. 88 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 ........................ 89 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................................................................................. 90 

Page 

(a)(2)  Financial statement schedules 

Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not material or because the 

information is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto. 

(a)(3)  Exhibits 

Exhibit No. 
3.1 
3.2 
4.1 
10.1 

10.2 
10.3 
10.4 
10.5* 
10.6* 
10.7* 
10.8* 
10.9* 
10.10* 
10.11* 
10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

21.1 
24.1 
31.1 
31.2 
32.1 

32.2 

Exhibit Description 
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation(1) 
Amended and Restated Bylaws(1) 
Common Stock Certificate(2) 
Lease relating to the Bank’s principal executive office at 601 S. Figueroa Street, 20th Floor, Los Angeles, 
California with Mitsui Fudoson (U.S.A.), Inc.(1) 
Agreement for Item-Processing Services with Fiserv Solutions, Inc., dated as of July 31, 2002(1) 
Agreement for Data-Processing with Fiserv Solutions, Inc., dated as of May 1, 2003(1) 
Maintenance and Service Agreement, dated August 1, 2003 with Exilcom, Inc. d/b/a Northstar Technologies(1) 
1992 Stock Option Plan(1) 
Management Incentive Bonus Plan(1) 
Deferred Compensation Plan(1) 
Stock Option Gain Deferred Compensation Plan(1) 
2004 Equity Incentive Plan(1) 
Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers(1) 
Revised Bonus Plan 
Lease relating to the Bank’s principal executive office at 601 S. Figueroa Street, 29th Floor, Los Angeles, 
California with 601 Figueroa Co. LLC, dated March 9, 2007. 
Lease relating to the Bank’s retail branch office at 1045-1055 North Tustin Avenue, Anaheim, California with 
Tustin Retail Center, LLC, dated July 8, 2008 
Lease relating to the Bank’s retail branch office at 7004 Rosemead Blvd., Pico Rivera, California with 
Thaddeus J. Moriarty, Jr. and Joan F. Moriarty, Trustees of the Moriarty Family Trust, Jacqueline Steward, 
Trustee of the Steward Family Trust, dated July 25, 2008 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant 
Power of Attorney 
Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 

(2) 

Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation on January 18, 2005. 
Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 10 Amendment No. 1 
filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on February 2, 2005. 

*  Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Preferred Bank: 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Preferred 

Bank and its subsidiary (the Bank) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the related consolidated 
statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows 
for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. These consolidated financial 
statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain 
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit 
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made 
by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our 
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all 

material respects, the financial position of Preferred Bank and subsidiary as of December 31, 2008 and 
2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period 
ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States), Preferred Bank’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 
31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated 
March 30, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over 
financial reporting. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Los Angeles, California 
March 30, 2009 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition 
December 31, 2008 and 2007 
(In thousands, except for shares) 

Assets 

Cash and due from banks 
Federal funds sold 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Securities available-for-sale, at fair value 
Loans and leases 

Less allowance for loan and lease losses 
Less unamortized deferred loan fees, net 

Net loans and leases 

Other real estate owned 
Customers’ liability on acceptances  
Bank furniture and fixtures, net 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Accrued interest receivable 
Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock, at cost 
Net deferred tax assets 
Other assets 

2008 

2007 

$   

19,386 
50,200 
69,586 

104,406 
1,231,232 
(26,935) 
(167) 

1,204,130 

35,127 
786 
7,157 
8,454 
7,807 
4,996 
25,903 
14,879 

$   

22,803 
— 
22,803 

245,268 
1,233,099 
(14,896) 
(682) 

1,217,521 

8,444 
5,083 
4,721 
8,168 
10,165 
4,700 
12,278 
3,459 

Total assets 

$ 

1,483,231 

$ 

1,542,610 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 

Deposits: 

Demand 
Interest-bearing demand 
Savings 
Time certificates of $100,000 or more 
Other time certificates 

Total deposits 

Acceptances outstanding 
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank 
Fed funds purchased 
Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies 
Shareholders’ equity: 

$ 

196,408 
126,251 
62,883 
464,085 
407,696 

1,257,323 
786 
58,000 
— 
5,446 
24,185 
1,345,740 

$ 

230,083 
137,220 
93,398 
639,455 
152,954 

1,253,110 
5,083 
75,000 
36,000 
5,493 
14,972 
1,389,658 

Preferred stock.  Authorized 5,000,000 shares; no shares issued and 

outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007. 

Common stock, no par value.  Authorized 100,000,000 shares; issued 
and outstanding  9,755,207 and 9,953,532 shares at December 31, 
2008 and  2007, respectively. 

Treasury stock, at cost (715,425 and 500,000 shares at December 31, 

2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively)  

Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss: 

Unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale, net of tax of $3,614 and 
$1,031 at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. 
Total shareholders’ equity 

— 

— 

72,009 
(19,115) 

4,582 
84,996 

(4,981) 
137,491 

71,863 
(14,976) 

2,948 
94,595 

(1,478) 
152,952 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

$ 

1,483,231 

$ 

1,542,610 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income 
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 
(In thousands, except share and per share data) 

Interest income: 

Loans and leases 
Investment securities, available for sale 
Federal funds sold 

Total interest income 

Interest expense:  

Interest-bearing demand 
Savings 
Time certificates of $100,000 or more 
Other time certificates 
Federal funds purchased 
FHLB borrowings 

Total interest expense 
Net interest income before provision for credit losses 

Provision for credit losses 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses 

Noninterest income: 

Fees and service charges on deposit accounts 
Trade finance income 
BOLI income 
Other income 

Total noninterest income 

Noninterest expense: 

Salary and employee benefits 
Net occupancy expense 
Business development and promotion expense 
Professional services 
Office supplies and equipment expense 
Impairment of available for sale securities 
OREO related expense 
Other 

Total noninterest expense 
(Loss) income before income taxes 

Income tax (benefit) expense 
Net (loss) income 
Other comprehensive income: 

      2008 

      2007 

       2006 

  $       75,120 
           10,743 
                  96 
           85,959 

  $       98,817 
           11,522  
             2,268 
         112,607 

    $       77,186 
               8,699  
               4,377 
             90,262 

             1,364 
             1,433 
           20,047 
             8,349 
                533 
             2,908 
           34,634 
           51,325 
           30,560 
           20,765 

             1,764 
                652 
                362 
             2,163 
             4,941 

             8,557 
             2,822 
                424 
             3,023 
             1,269 
           12,371 
             3,016 
             4,112 
           35,594 
           (9,888) 
           (4,876) 
$       (5,012) 

             2,668 
             3,494 
           30,879 
             5,384 
                295 
             1,479 
           44,199 
           68,408 
             4,900 
           63,508 

               2,456 
               2,427 
             22,006 
               3,669 
                    58 
                  808 
             31,424 
             58,838 
               1,960 
             56,878 

             1,696 
                752 
                343 
                299 
             3,090 

               1,660 
                  777 
                  326 
                  265 
               3,028 

           11,868 
             2,395 
                409 
             2,719 
                955 
                621 
                205 
             2,289 
           21,461 
           45,137 
           18,670 
$       26,467 

             12,216 
               2,303 
                  451 
               1,948 
                  943 
                    — 
                    17 
               2,139 
             20,017 
             39,889 
             16,538 
  $       23,351 

Unrealized net (loss) gain on securities available-for-sale 
Less reclassification adjustments included in net (loss) income 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax 

Income taxes related to items of other comprehensive income 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax 
Comprehensive (loss) income 

          (18,116) 
            12,071 
            (6,045) 
             2,542 
         (3,503) 
$       (8,515) 

            (1,778) 
                  — 
            (1,778) 
                747  
         (1,031) 
$       25,436 

               1,200 
                    — 
               1,200 
                (505)  
                695 
  $       24,046 

Net (loss) income per share 

Basic 
Diluted 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding 

Basic 
Diluted 

Dividends per share  

$          (0.51) 
$          (0.51) 

$           2.56 
$           2.50 

  $           2.29 
  $           2.21 

    9,790,858 
    9,810,391 

   10,330,232 
   10,580,949 

    10,194,515 
    10,556,282 

$           0.47 

$           0.68 

  $           0.53 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity 
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 
(In thousands, except share and dividends declared per share data) 

Common Stock 

Treasury  

Shares 

Amount 

Stock 

Retained 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 

Total 
Shareholders’ 

Earnings 

Income (Loss) 

Equity 

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital 

Balance as of December 31, 2005 

  10,037,782 

$  67,443 

  $  — 

  $ 

240 

  $  57,305 

  $ 

(1,142) 

  $  123,846 

Cash dividends paid ($0.53 per share) 

Tax benefit−exercise of share-based 

payment 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Stock options exercised 

    236,850 

2,215 

Share-based compensation expense 

Net income 

Change in unrealized loss on securities 

available-for-sale, net of taxes 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

510 

— 

752 

— 

— 

(5,437)     

— 

— 

— 

23,351 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

695 

(5,437) 

510 

2,215 

752 

23,351 

695 

Balance as of December 31, 2006 

  10,274,632 

$  69,658 

  $  — 

  $  1,502 

  $  75,219 

  $ 

(447) 

  $  145,932 

Cash dividends paid ($0.68 per share) 

Tax benefit−exercise of share-based 

payment 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Stock options exercised 

    178,900 

2,210 

— 

— 

— 

Stock buyback 

     (500,000) 

— 

    (14,976) 

Share-based compensation expense 

3-for-2 stock split, effected February 

20, 2007 
Net income 

Change in unrealized loss on securities 

available-for-sale, net of taxes 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(5)     

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

261 

— 

— 

1,185 

— 

— 

— 

(7,091)     

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

26,467 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(1,031) 

(7,091) 

261 

2,210 

(14,976) 

1,185 

(5) 

26,467 

(1,031) 

Balance as of December 31, 2007 

    9,953,532 

$  71,863 

  $(14,976) 

  $  2,948 

  $  94,595 

  $ 

(1,478) 

  $  152,952 

Cash dividends paid ($0.47 per share) 

Tax benefit−exercise of share-based 

— 
— 

payment 

Stock options exercised 

Stock buyback 

Share-based compensation expense 

Net loss 

Change in unrealized loss on securities 

available-for-sale, net of taxes 

17,100 

     (215,425) 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

146 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

(4,139) 

— 

— 

— 

— 
11 

— 

— 

1,623 

— 

— 

(4,587)     
— 

— 

— 

— 

(5,012)     

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(3,503) 

(4,587) 
11 

146 

(4,139) 

1,623 

(5,012) 

(3,503) 

Balance as of December 31, 2008 

    9,755,207 

$  72,009 

  $(19,115) 

  $  4,582 

  $  84,996 

  $ 

(4,981) 

  $  137,491 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 
(In thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net (loss) income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by 

operating activities: 
Provision for credit losses 
Amortization of net deferred loan fees 
Loss on sale of other real estate owned 
Loss on sale of securities available for sale 
Write-down of other real estate owned 
Impairment of securities available for sale 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends 
Amortization (accretion) of investment securities discounts and 

premiums, net 

Depreciation and amortization 
Share-based compensation expense 
Excess tax (benefit) expense from share-based payment 

arrangement 

Deferred tax benefit 
Increase in BOLI, accrued interest receivable and other assets 
Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Proceeds from maturities and redemptions of securities available-
for-sale 
Proceeds from sale of securities available-for-sale 
Purchase of securities available-for-sale 
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned 
Net increase in loans 
Purchase of bank premises and equipment 

Net cash provided (used) in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Increase in deposits 
Proceeds from FHLB borrowings 
Repayments of Federal Funds & FHLB borrowings 
Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangement 
Net proceeds of stock options exercised 
Stock buyback 
Cash payment of dividends 

Net cash (used) provided by financing activities 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information 

Cash paid during the period for: 

Interest 
Income taxes 
Noncash activities: 

Real estate acquired in settlement of Loans 
Loans to facilitate the sale of other real estate owned 

      2008    

      2007    

         2006   

  $ 

  (5,012) 

  $ 

26,467 

  $ 

23,351

30,560 
(515) 
359 
11 
1,756 
 12,371 
(296) 

(145) 
782 
1,623 

(11) 
(11,082) 
(9,337) 
9,164 

30,228 

133,162 
105,003 
(115,585) 
848  
(46,301) 
(3,217) 

73,910 

4,214 
—  
(53,000) 
11 
146 
(4,139) 
(4,587) 

(57,355) 

 46,783 
22,803 
69,586 

34,681 
4,475 

28,439 
5,010 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

4,900 
(1,077) 
—  
—  
—  
621 
(1,018) 

(357) 
575 
1,185 

(261) 
(1,986) 
(16,003) 
4,244 

17,290 

263,735 
—  
(312,358) 
—  
(236,022) 
(3,585) 

(288,230) 

91,766 
126,000 
(35,000) 
261 
2,205 
(14,976) 
(7,091) 

163,165 

1,960 
(222) 
—  
—  
—  
—  
(181) 

(31) 
568 
752 

478 
(1,419) 
(3,631) 
6,168 

27,793 

120,511 
—  
(155,034) 
—  
(226,348) 
(444) 

(261,315) 

185,877 
—  
(1,500) 
(478) 
2,215 
—  
(5,437) 

180,677 

(107,775) 
130,578 
22,803 

(52,845) 
183,423 
  $  130,578 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

43,978 
21,300 

  $ 
  $ 

28,736 
18,210 

—  
—  

—  
—  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

 (1)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Preferred Bank (the Bank) is a full service commercial bank and is engaged primarily in 
commercial, real estate, and international lending to customers with businesses domiciled in the 
state of California. The accounting and reporting policies of the Bank are in accordance with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and conform to general 
practices in the banking industry. The following is a summary of the Bank’s significant accounting 
policies. 

(a)  Basis of Presentation 

The financial statements include the accounts of Preferred Bank and its subsidiary, PB 
Investment and Consulting, Inc. (the “Bank” or the “Company”). The audited consolidated 
financial statements of the Company have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally 
accepted accounting principles. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year’s 
consolidated financial statements to conform to the current year’s presentation.  

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates 
and assumptions.  These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and 
expenses during the reporting periods. 

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes in the near-
term relate to the determination of the allowance for credit losses. In connection with the 
determination of the allowance for credit losses, management obtains independent appraisals 
for significant properties, evaluates overall loan portfolio characteristics and delinquencies 
and monitors economic conditions. 

(b)  Principles of Consolidation 

The financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiary, PB 

Investment and Consulting, Inc. All intercompany transactions and accounts have been 
eliminated in consolidation. 

(c)  Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, and federal funds sold, all 
of which have original or purchased maturities of less than 90 days. Included in the Bank’s 
cash balances are cash reserves required by FRB in the amounts of $579,000 and $1,305,000 
as of December 31, 2008, and 2007, respectively. 

(d) 

Investment Securities  

The Bank classifies its debt and equity securities in two categories: held-to-maturity or 

available-for-sale. Securities that could be sold in response to changes in interest rates, 
increased loan demand, liquidity needs, capital requirements, or other similar factors are 
classified as securities available-for-sale. These securities are carried at fair value. Unrealized 
holding gains or losses, net of the related tax effect, on available-for-sale securities are 
excluded from income and are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity as 
other comprehensive income net of applicable taxes until realized. Realized gains and losses 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

from the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined on a specific-identification basis. 
Securities classified as held-to-maturity are those that the Bank has the positive intent and 
ability to hold until maturity. These securities are carried at amortized cost, adjusted for the 
amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, there 
were no securities classified in the held-to-maturity portfolio. 

The Bank performs regular impairment analysis on its investment securities portfolio.  

If the Bank determines that a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary, an impairment 
write-down is recognized in current earnings.  Other-than-temporary declines in fair value are 
assessed based on the duration the security has been in a continuous unrealized loss position, 
the severity of the decline in value, the rating of the security, the financial prospects of the 
issuer and the Bank’s ability and intent on holding the securities until recovery. The new cost 
basis is not changed for subsequent recoveries in fair value. 

Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related held-to-
maturity or available-for-sale security as an adjustment to yield using the effective-interest 
method. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. 

(e)  Loans and Loan Origination Fees and Costs 

Loans that the Bank has both the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or 

until maturity, are carried at face value, less payments received, the allowance for loan and 
lease losses, and net deferred loan fees. Loans receivable are stated at the principal amount 
outstanding. Interest income is recorded on an accrual basis in accordance with the terms of 
the loans. 

Loan origination fees, offset by certain direct loan origination costs and commitment 
fees, are deferred and recognized in income as a yield adjustment using the effective interest 
yield method over the contractual life of the loan, which approximates the interest method. If 
a commitment expires unexercised, the commitment fee is recognized as income. 

When a borrower fails to make a committed payment, the Bank attempts to cure the 
deficiency by contacting the borrower to seek payment. Habitual delinquencies and loans 
delinquent 30 days or more are identified as delinquent. 

Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as 

nonaccrual loans. The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when principal or interest is 
past due 90 days or more unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. 
When loans are placed on nonaccrual status, all interest previously accrued, but not collected, 
is reversed against current period interest income. Income on nonaccrual loans is 
subsequently recognized only to the extent that cash is received and the loan’s principal 
balance is deemed collectible. The loan is generally returned to accrual status when the 
borrower has brought the past due principal and interest payments current and, in the option 
of management, the borrower has demonstrated the ability to make future payments of 
principal and interest as scheduled. 

Loans are considered for full or partial charge-offs in the event that principal or interest 

is over 180 days past due, the loan lacks sufficient collateral and it is not in the process of 
collection. The Bank also considers charging off loans in the event of any of the following 
circumstances: 1) the impaired loan balances are not covered by the fair value of the 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

collateral or discounted cash flow; 2) the loan has been identified for charge-off by 
regulatory authorities; and 3) any overdrafts greater than 90 days. 

The Bank considers a loan to be impaired when it is “probable” that it will be unable to 
collect all amounts due (i.e. both principal and interest) according to the contractual terms of 
the loan agreement. The measurement of impairment may be based on (1) the present value 
of the expected future cash flows of the impaired loan discounted at the loan’s original 
effective interest rate, (2) the observable market price of the impaired loan, or (3) the fair 
value of the collateral of a collateral-dependent loan. The amount by which the recorded 
investment of the loan exceeds the measure of the impaired loan is recognized by recording a 
valuation allowance with a corresponding charge to the provision for loan losses. All 
classified loans that are over $100,000 are analyzed for impairment. The Bank recognizes 
interest income on impaired loans based on its existing methods of recognizing interest 
income on nonaccrual loans. 

(f)  Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses 

The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to 

provide for losses that are probable and reasonably estimable.  The adequacy of the 
allowance for loan losses is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the 
loan and lease portfolio and that evaluation is based on historical loss experience and other 
significant factors. 

The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level which, in management’s 
judgment, is adequate to absorb loan and lease losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. 
The amount of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the 
loan and lease portfolio and that evaluation is based on historical loss experience and other 
significant factors.  

The methodology we use to estimate the amount of our allowance for credit losses is 
based on both objective and subjective criteria. While some criteria are formula driven, other 
criteria are subjective inputs included to capture environmental and general economic risk 
elements which may trigger losses in the loan portfolio.  

 Specifically, our allowance methodology contains four elements: (a) amounts based on 
specific evaluations of impaired loans; (b) amounts of estimated losses on loans classified as 
‘special mention’; (c) amounts of estimated losses on loans not adversely classified which we 
refer to as ‘pass’ based on historical loss rates by loan type; and (d) amounts for estimated 
losses on loans rated as pass based on economic and other factors that indicate probable 
losses were incurred but were not captured through the other elements of our allowance 
process.  

Impaired loans are identified at each reporting date based on certain criteria and 

individually reviewed for impairment. A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that 
a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms 
of the loan agreement.  

Our loan portfolio, excluding impaired loans which are evaluated individually, is 
categorized into several pools for purposes of determining allowance amounts by loan pool. 
The loan pools we currently evaluate are: commercial & industrial, international, real estate - 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

residential land, real estate construction -residential, real estate construction-commercial and 
real estate – other. Within these loan pools, we then evaluate loans rated as pass credits, 
separately from adversely classified loans. The allowance amounts for pass rated loans which 
are not reviewed individually, are determined using historical loss rates developed through 
migration analyses. The adversely classified loans are further grouped into three credit risk 
rating categories: special mention, substandard and doubtful.  

Finally, in order to ensure our allowance methodology is incorporating recent trends and 
economic conditions, we apply environmental and general economic factors to our allowance 
methodology including: credit concentrations; delinquency trends; economic and business 
conditions; the quality of lending management and staff; lending policies and procedures; 
loss and recovery trends; nature and volume of the portfolio; nonaccrual and problem loan 
trends; and other adjustments for items not covered by other factors. We base our allowance 
for loan losses on an estimation of probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio.  

(g)  Other Real Estate Owned (OREO) 

Other real estate owned, consisting of real estate acquired through foreclosure or other 
proceedings, is initially stated at fair value of the property based on appraisal, less estimated 
selling cost. Any cost in excess of the fair value at the time of acquisition is accounted for as 
a loan charge-off and deducted from the allowance for loan and lease losses. A valuation 
allowance is established for any subsequent declines in value through a charge to earnings. 
Operating expenses of such properties, net of related income, and gains and losses on their 
disposition are included in other operating income or expense, as appropriate. 

(h)  Bank Furniture and Fixtures 

Bank furniture and fixtures are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and 

amortization. Depreciation on furniture and equipment is computed on a straight-line method 
over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to five years. Leasehold 
improvements are capitalized and amortized on the straight-line method over the estimated 
useful life of the improvement or the term of lease, whichever is shorter. 

(i)  Comprehensive Income 

Comprehensive income consists of net income and net unrealized gains (losses) on 
securities available-for-sale and is presented in the statements of income and comprehensive 
income. 

(j) 

Income Taxes 

The Bank accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. The objective 

of the asset and liability method is to establish deferred tax assets and liabilities for the 
temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Bank’s 
assets and liabilities at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are 
realized or settled. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets if based on the 
weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred 
tax assets will not be realized. The valuation allowance is sufficient to reduce the deferred tax 
assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

(k)  Earnings per Share 

Earnings per share (EPS) are computed on a basic and diluted basis. Basic EPS excludes 

dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the 
weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects 
the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock 
were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock 
that then shares in the earnings of the Bank. 

(l) 

Share-Based Compensation 

Employees and directors participate in the following stock option compensation plans--
the 1992 Stock Option Plan, Interim Stock Option Plan and the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. 
Share-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards is based on the grant-
date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R). The Bank 
recognizes these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite services period 
for the entire award of generally three to five years, and options expire between four and ten 
years from the date of grant. See Note 13 for further discussion. 

(m)  Statement of Cash Flows 

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, 

amounts due from banks, and federal funds sold. 

(n)  Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI) 

Bank-owned life insurance policies are carried at their cash surrender value. Income 

from BOLI is recognized when earned. 

(o)  Use of Estimates 

Management of the Bank has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to 
the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to 
prepare these financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from these estimates. 
The most significant estimate subject to change relates to the allowance for loan and lease 
losses, if the allowance is not adequate as of December 31, 2008 then additional losses could 
be realized in 2009. The carrying value of other real estate owned; if real estate values 
deteriorate further then the Bank could suffer additional losses on the disposition of its other 
real estate owned. If estimates related to future cash flows used to determine fair value of 
investment securities is incorrect then the Bank could be subject to further other-than-
temporary impairment charges. Finally, if the Bank does not return to profitability within the 
prescribed time frame then we will have to provide a valuation allowance against our 
deferred tax assets. 

(p)  Risk and Uncertainties 

Preferred Bank is a commercial bank which takes in deposits from businesses and 
individuals and provides loans to real estate developers/owners and individuals. The Bank’s 
main source of revenue is interest income from loans and investment securities and its main 
expenses are interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings and compensation expenses to 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

its employees. The Bank’s operations are located and concentrated primarily in Southern 
California and are likely to remain so for the foreseeable future.  

As of December 31, 2008, approximately 95% of the total dollar amount of the Bank’s 

loans and commitments was related to collateral or borrowers located within California. 
Because the Bank’s loan portfolio is concentrated in commercial and residential real estate, 
the performance of these loans may be affected by further negative changes in California’s 
economic and business conditions and the real estate market of Southern California. 
Deterioration in economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on the quality of 
the Bank’s loan portfolio and the demand for its products and services. In addition, during 
periods of economic slowdown or a recession, the Bank may experience a decline in 
collateral values and an increase in delinquencies and defaults. A decline in collateral values 
such as that experienced in housing prices in 2008 and an increase in delinquencies and 
defaults increase the possibilities and severity of losses. California real estate is also subject 
to certain natural disasters, such as earthquakes, fires, floods and mud slides, as well as civil 
unrest, which are typically not covered by the standard hazard insurance policies maintained 
by the borrowers. Uninsured disasters may render borrowers unable to repay loans made by 
the Bank and lower collateral values.  

The occurrence of adverse economic conditions or natural disasters in California could 

have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, and 
business prospects. 

(q)  Segment Reporting 

Through our branch network, the Bank provides a broad range of financial services to 
individuals and companies located primarily in Southern California. Their services include 
demand, time and savings deposits and real estate, business and consumer lending. While our 
chief decision makers monitor the revenue streams of our various products and services, 
operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a company-wide basis. 
Accordingly, the Bank considers all of our operations are aggregated in one reportable 
operating segment. 

(2)  Securities Available for Sale 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Bank to concentrations of credit risk 

consist primarily of loans and investments.  The Bank monitors its exposure to such risks and 
the concentrations may be impacted by changes in economics, industry or political factors.   

The Bank aims to maintain a diversified investment portfolio including issuer, sector 

and geographic stratification, where applicable, and has established certain exposure limits, 
diversification standards and review procedures to mitigate credit risk.  

Other than U.S. government agencies; Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the Federal Home 

Loan Bank, the Bank has no exposure within its investment portfolio to any single issuer 
greater that 10% of equity capital.  

The table below shows the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, estimated fair 

value of securities available for sale as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Amortized 
cost 

  $  22,895  

26,071

17,056
46,863

115  
  $  113,000   

2008 

Gross 
unrealized
gains 

Gross 
unrealized 
losses 

(In thousands) 

Estimated 
 fair value 

  $  220 
16 

  $ 

—  
(3,365) 

  $  23,115 
22,722 

331 
57 
    —  
 624 
  $ 

(1,711) 
(4,142) 
— 

  $  (9,218)   

15,676 
42,778 
115 
  $ 104,406 

2007 

Gross 
unrealized
gains 

Gross 
unrealized 
losses 

Amortized 
cost 

Estimated 
 fair value 

  $  130,602  

30,741

  $  527 
195 

32,718
47,193
6,564  
  $  247,818   

274 
96 
    —  
  $ 1,092 

(In thousands) 
  $ 

(98)   

(744) 

(409) 
(736) 

      (1,655)   
  $  (3,642)   

  $  131,032
30,191

32,583
46,553
4,909
  $  245,268

U.S. Government agencies 
Corporate notes 
Mortgage-backed securities and     
collateralized debt obligations 

Municipal securities 
Freddie Mac preferred stock 

Total securities available-for-sale 

U.S. Government agencies 
Corporate notes 
Mortgage-backed securities and     
collateralized debt obligations 

Municipal securities 
Freddie Mac preferred stock 

Total securities available-for-sale 

Gross unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale and the fair value of the related 
securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities have 
been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows: 

U.S. Government agencies 
Corporate notes 
Mortgage-backed securities and     
collateralized debt obligations 

Municipal securities 

Total securities available-for-sale 

Less than 12 months 

Estimated 
fair value 

  Unrealized 

losses 

2008 
12 months or greater 

Total 

Estimated 
fair value 

  Unrealized 

losses 

Estimated 
fair value 

  Unrealized 

losses 

(In thousands) 

$ 

— 
6,120 

$     (—) 
(800) 

  $ 

—  
  13,581  

$     (—) 
  (2,565) 

  $ 

—  
  19,701  

$     (—)
  (3,365) 

1,035 
  24,723    
$  31,878 

(835) 
  (2,018) 
$(3,653) 

1,770
7,792  
  $  23,143  

(876) 
  (2,125) 
$(5,566) 

2,805
  32,515  
  $  55,021  

  (1,711) 
  (4,142) 
$(9,218)

Less than 12 months 

Estimated 
fair value 

  Unrealized 

losses 

2007 
12 months or greater 

Total 

Estimated 
fair value 

  Unrealized 

losses 

Estimated 
fair value 

  Unrealized 

losses 

(In thousands) 

U.S. Government agencies 

$  56,683 

$ 

(98) 

  $  —   

$     (—) 

  $  56,683  

$ 

(98) 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Corporate notes 
Mortgage-backed securities and     
collateralized debt obligations 

Municipal securities 
Freddie Mac preferred stock 

Total securities available-for-
sale 

  14,266 

(667) 

1,075  

(77) 

  15,341  

(744) 

7,782 
  26,033 
4,909 

(127) 
(674) 
  (1,654) 

4,509
7,094  
—   

(283) 
(63) 
       (—) 

  12,291
     33,127 
4,909  

(410) 
(736) 
  (1,654) 

$  109,673

$(3,220) 

$  12,678

$  (422) 

$ 122,351

$(3,642)

The Bank’s investment portfolio is primarily comprised of U.S. Agency securities, corporate 

notes, mortgage-backed securities, municipalities and collateralized debt obligations and Freddie 
Mac preferred stock. Other than U.S. government agencies; Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the 
Federal Home Loan Bank, the Bank has no exposure within its investment portfolio to any single 
issuer greater that 10% of equity capital.  

Preferred Bank performs a regular impairment analysis on its investment securities portfolio. 
Whenever the cost of an investment security exceeds its fair value, management evaluates, among 
other factors, general market conditions, the duration and extent to which cost is more than fair 
value, as well as specific adverse conditions affecting the business outlook of the issuer. If the Bank 
determines that a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary, an impairment write-down is 
recognized in current earnings. Other-than-temporary declines in fair value are assessed based on 
the duration the security has been in a continuous unrealized loss position, the severity of the 
decline in value, the rating of the security and the Bank’s ability and intent on holding the securities 
until the fair values recover. 

In September 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency placed Fannie Mae and Freddie 

Mac under receivership and suspended indefinitely the payment of future dividends on their issues 
of preferred stock. In light of these developments, the Bank recognized an other-than-temporary 
impairment loss of $6.4 million in 2008 to write down the value of its Freddie Mac preferred stock 
to its fair value as of December 31, 2008.  As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the fair value of the 
Freddie Mac preferred stock was $115,000 and $4.9 million, respectively. 

The Bank owns four collateralized debt obligations (“CDO’s”) which consist of pools of 
bank trust preferred securities. During 2008, the Bank reviewed these securities for impairment 
under the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 99-20 Recognition of Interest Income 
and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests That Continue to be Held by a Transferor in 
Securitized Financial Assets.   During this review, the Bank determined that two of these securities 
were other than temporarily impaired and recorded a charge of $4.3 million. The analysis indicated 
that these securities would experience a probable future principal default based on the financial 
health of the underlying issuer banks. The Bank then projected future cash flows based on expected 
future cash flows using a market discount rate to arrive at the fair market value. For the remaining 
two collateralized debt obligations, the Bank determined that impairments totaling $1.3 million on 
total book value of $2.0 million were temporary as of December 31, 2008, and not due to an 
adverse change in the projected cash flows. Although the market value of these securities 
represented only 34% of amortized cost, management determined that the deterioration in value was 
due to market rates and not due to a probable loss of principal or interest in future cash flows. 
Management analyzed the financial health of the underlying issuers and found that risk of principal 
loss was not likely. It is possible that the financial health of the underlying issuers could be 
adversely affected in the future and that an impairment charge could occur at a future date. The 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Bank has the ability and intent to hold these investments until a recovery of fair value, which may 
be maturity. 

In addition, the Bank has two corporate securities which management deemed to be other-
than-temporarily impaired (“OTTI”) and recorded a charge of $1.7 million during 2008 to reflect 
the fair value of these securities. Thus the $4.3 million charge on CDO’s, $1.7 million on corporate 
securities and the $6.4 million charge on Freddie Mac securities totals the $12.4 million in OTTI 
charges recorded in 2008. 

In 2007, the Bank determined that two corporate notes were other than temporarily impaired 

and recorded a charge of $621,000. These are the same two corporate securities that the Bank 
recorded an OTTI charge in 2008 as well. Management had determined that it was probable that the 
Bank would not receive all amounts due under the contractual terms of these securities. These two 
corporate securities are currently rated as below investment-grade. On a quarterly basis, 
management reviews all corporate notes that are in an unrealized loss position to determine whether 
the securities are other-than temporarily impaired. This analysis considers factors such as the 
current financial health of the issuer, the long term prospects for the issuer, the rating of the security 
and other factors. As of December 31, 2008, based on an analysis of these factors management 
determined that no other corporate note, other than those two that were identified, were other-then-
temporarily impaired. If the financial condition of each of the issuers does not improve in 2009, it is 
likely the Bank will record additional OTTI charges on these two securities. 

The Bank owns 61 municipal investment securities. All but one is investment-grade. The 
Bank’s strategy with respect to municipal bond investing is to provide liquidity and federal tax 
exempt interest income. Typically, we buy general obligation (“GO”) bonds and seek to minimize 
our investments in revenue bonds as GO bonds have multiple sources of revenue with which this 
debt can be serviced. The Bank also seeks to purchase municipal bonds that are insured by a major 
municipal bond insurer as an enhancement to credit. As of December 31, 2008, the net unrealized 
loss on the municipal investment portfolio was $4.1 million on a carrying cost of $46.9 million. The 
average investment security in the municipal portfolio is $768,300. The Bank seeks to maintain a 
very geographically diverse municipal portfolio to mitigate risk. Management reviews this portfolio 
on a quarterly basis for other-than-temporary impairment. Based on management’s assessment of 
the issuer, the current investment grade rating and the expectation that all contractual cash flow will 
be received, no impairment charges have been recorded on this portfolio. If the economy continues 
to worsen and municipalities are negatively affected, then the Bank could record OTTI charges on 
the municipal portfolio during 2009.  

 At December 31, 2008, there were 39 and 21 investment securities that were in an unrealized 

loss position for less than 12 months and for 12 months or greater, respectively. Temporary 
impairments related to U.S. Agency securities, corporate notes, mortgage-backed securities, and 
municipal securities are primarily attributable to declining market prices caused by lack of trading 
liquidity in these instruments and in the case of corporate notes, resulted from increases in credit 
spreads between U.S. Treasuries and corporate bonds subsequent to the date that these securities 
were purchased. None of the securities in the Bank’s investment portfolio rely on an insurance wrap 
as a credit enhancement. Management believes that it is not probable that the Bank will not receive 
all amounts due under the contractual terms of these securities. If economic conditions worsen, or if 
the financial condition of specific issuers within these portfolios deteriorates, then the Bank could 
record OTTI charges in 2009 on specific investments within these portfolios. 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Cash proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale totaled $105 million, $0 and $0 in 
2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Gross realized losses on sales of securities available-for-sale 
totaled $492,000 offset with gross realized gains of $481,000 in 2008.  Investment securities having 
a fair value of approximately $68.1 million and $152.4 million were pledged to secure 
governmental deposits, treasury tax and loan deposits, borrowing line from the Federal Reserve 
Bank, and government deposits as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities at December 31, 2008 and 2007, by 

contractual maturity, are shown below. Mortgage-backed securities are classified in accordance 
with their estimated average life. The average yield on mortgage-backed securities was 4.95% and 
5.69% in 2008 and 2007, respectively. Expected maturities differ from contractual maturities 
mainly due to prepayment rates; changes in prepayment rates will affect a security’s average life. 

Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 

Total securities available-for-sale 

Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 

Total securities available-for-sale 

2008 

Amortized 
cost 

Estimated 
fair value 

(In thousands) 

  $ 

2,000 
19,468 
1,030 
90,502 
  $  113,000 

$ 

2,015 
19,682 
1,047 
81,662 
$  104,406 

2007 

Amortized 
cost 

Estimated 
fair value 

(In thousands) 

  $  68,954 
72,881 
2,000 
  103,983 
  $  247,818 

$  67,230 
73,482 
1,999 
  102,557 
$  245,268 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

(3)  Loans and Leases and Allowance for Credit Losses 

The loans and leases portfolio as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 is summarized as follows: 

Real estate-mini perm 
Real estate-construction 
Commercial 
Trade finance 
Installment/Consumer 
Leases 
Other Loans 

Less: 

Allowance for loan and lease losses 
Deferred loan and fees, net 

2008 

2007 

  $  592,697   
290,803 
273,890 
73,205 
48 
— 
589 
  1,231,232 

  $  518,304 
366,706 
255,912 
91,565 
44 
116 
452 
  1,233,099 

(26,935)
(167)
  $ 1,204,130   

(14,896) 
(682) 
$ 1,217,521 

The majority of the Bank’s loans are to customers and businesses in the state of California 
and/or secured by properties located primarily in the greater Los Angeles metropolitan area. All 
loans are made based on the same credit standards regardless of where the customers and/or 
collateral properties are located.  

The Bank had $66.6 million of nonaccrual loans and leases at December 31, 2008 compared 
to $20.9 million at December 31, 2007. These loans and leases had interest due, but not recognized, 
of approximately $5.0 million and $280,000 in 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

For the indicated periods, the following table contains financial information on impaired 

loans: 

Recorded investment with related allowance 
Recorded investment with no related allowance 
Allowance on impaired loans 
Net recorded investment in impaired loans  
Average total recorded investment in impaired loans 

As of and for the Year Ended 
December 31,               

2008 

2007  

$        54,206  
          63,385 
        (16,041)
$      101,550 
$        94,172  

$  24,811   

4,221 
       (3,822)
$  25,210 
$  16,888   

At December 31, 2008, the Bank had no commitments to lend additional funds to debtors 

whose loans are non-performing. 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses are summarized as follows: 

Balance at beginning of year 
Provision for credit losses 
Loans and leases charged off 
Recoveries 
Balance at end of year 

(4)  Bank Furniture and Fixtures 

2008 

$  14,896 
  30,560 
  (18,528) 
7 
$  26,935 

2007 
(In thousands) 
$  10,236 
4,900 
(240) 
— 
$  14,896 

2006 

$  8,939 
1,960 
(663)
— 
$  10,236 

As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, furniture and fixtures consists of the following: 

Land and Building 
Leasehold improvements 
Furniture and fixtures 

Less accumulated depreciation and 
amortization 

2008 

$  2,782 
$  6,071 
4,922 
  13,775 

$ 
$ 

2007 

—  
786 
6,825 
7,611 

(6,618) 
$  7,157 

(2,890) 
$  4,721 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $782,000, $575,000 and $568,000 for the years 

ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

(5)  Deposits 

Time deposit accounts at December 31, 2008 mature as follows: 

Year 

2009 
2010 
2011 

Maturities of 
time deposits 
(In thousands) 
864,960 
4,976 
1,845 
871,781 

$ 

$ 

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, approximately $1,216,000 and $152,400,000, respectively, 

of the Bank’s investment securities were pledged as collateral for certain public deposits. The 
aggregate amount of overdrafts that have been reclassified as loan balances was $591,000 and 
$89,100 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

 (6) 

Income Taxes 

The income taxes expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 

was as follows: 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Current income tax expense: 

Federal 
State 

Deferred income tax benefit: 

Federal 
State 

Income tax (benefit) provision  

2008 

2007 
(In thousands) 

2006 

$  4,190 
2,016 
6,206 

$  15,659   
     4,997 
    20,656 

$  13,722 
     4,235 
    17,957 

(8,189)  

    (2,893)
   (11,082)
$  (4,876)  

(1,580)  

(406)   
    (1,986)   
$  18,670   

(1,178)
(241)
(1,419)
$  16,538 

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, other assets include current income taxes receivable of 
$965,000 and $2,624,000, respectively. The income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 
2006 includes an underpayment penalty in the amount of $115,000 assessed by the Internal 
Revenue Service and the State of California Franchise Tax Board during the second quarter of 2006 
for the 2004 tax year. 

The components of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 

2008 and 2007 are as follows: 

Deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for loan lease losses 
State taxes 
Deferred compensation 
Bank furniture and fixtures, net 
Unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale 
Other than temporary impairment on securities 
SFAS 123R non-qualified stock options 
OREO reserve 
Others 

Gross deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
Discount accretion 
FHLB stock 

Gross deferred liabilities 
Valuation reserve 

Net deferred tax assets 

2008 

2007 

(In thousands) 

  $  11,350 
614 
3,566 
453 
3,614 
5,463 
579 
737 
878 
27,254 

  $  6,305 
1,759 
3,118 
466 
1,072 
— 
202 
— 
200 
13,122 

(543) 
(426) 
(969) 

(382) 

(524) 
(320) 
(844) 

              — 

$      25,903   

$      12,278

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more 

likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate 
realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the 
projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon 
the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in 
which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the 
Bank will realize the benefits related to these deductible differences net of the valuation allowance.  
A valuation allowance was established in 2008 as it was not currently considered to be more likely 
than not the Bank would be able to realize the state benefit for impairment losses treated as capital 
losses for state franchise tax filings. 

The Bank adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty 

in Income Taxes, on January 1, 2007 and management has determined that there was no effect on 
our financial statements as a result of its implementation. It is the policy of management to include 
any interest or penalties from income tax liabilities in the provision for income taxes. During 2008, 
the Bank accrued $115,000 in additional tax expense related to net interest deductions claimed in 
prior years in its California income tax returns.  

A reconciliation of the income tax (benefit) provision and the amount computed by applying 
the statutory federal income tax rate to (loss) income before income taxes is as follows for the years 
ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands): 

2008 

2007 

2006 

Amount 

  Percentage 

Amount 

  Percentage 

Amount 

  Percentage 

(In thousands) 

Statutory U.S. federal income tax 
State taxes, net of federal benefit 
Life insurance policies 
Other 

$  (3,461)  
(873)  
(674)  
132   
$  (4,876)  

   35.0% 
    8.8 
    6.8 
   (1.3) 
   49.3% 

  $ 15,769   
3,039   
(95)  
(43)  
  $ 18,670   

    35.0% 
     6.7 
    (0.2) 
    (0.1) 
   41.4% 

  $ 13,961  
2,597  
(91)  
71  
  $ 16,538  

  35.0% 
   6.8 
  (0.2) 
  (0.1) 
 41.5% 

The Bank files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in the State of 

California. With few exceptions, the Bank is no longer subject to U.S. federal or California income 
tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2004.  The Bank was under audit by the 
California’s Franchise Tax Board for the tax years 2005 and 2006 and was assessed for an 
additional tax liability of $45,000 including interest in March 2009. Other than California’s 
Franchise Tax Board, the Bank is not currently under examination by any other income or franchise 
tax authorities.  The Bank does not believe that the conclusion of unresolved matters or claims from 
any tax jurisdiction is likely to have a material effect on the Bank’s financial position, results of 
operations or cash flows 

(7)  Federal Funds Purchased 

There were $0 million in federal funds purchased at December 31, 2008 and $36 million as 

of December 31, 2007, respectively. At December 31, 2008, the Bank had no borrowing lines at 
separate financial institutions. 

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Agency securities sold under repurchase agreements are 
delivered to the broker-dealers who arranged the transactions. The broker-dealers may have sold, 
loaned, or otherwise disposed of such securities to other parties in the normal course of their 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

operation and have agreed to resell to the Bank identical securities at the maturities of the 
agreements. There were no outstanding amounts of these overnight agreements as of December 31, 
2008, 2007 and 2006. There were no securities underlying these agreements at December 31, 2008, 
2007 and 2006.  

 (8)  Other Borrowed Funds 

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (FHLBSF) were $58 million 

and $75 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The average rate on the fixed rate debt was 4.04% 
and 4.25% at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. All advances are collateralized by 
commercial or residential real estate loans. At December 31, 2008, approximately $91,655,000 of 
the Bank’s real estate loans was pledged as collateral. At December 31, 2008, the outstanding 
advances mature as follows: 

Year 

2009 
2010 

2008 
(In thousands) 
35,000 
$ 
23,000 
58,000 

$ 

The Bank had an approved short-term borrowings line available through the discount 
window at the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (FRBSF) in the amount of $59.9 million. 
The Bank had no borrowing outstanding through the discount window outstanding as of December 
31, 2008. 

(9)  Commitments and Contingencies 

Credit Extensions: As a financial institution, the Bank enters into a variety of financial 

transactions with its customers in the normal course of business. Many of these products do not 
necessarily entail present or future funded asset or liability positions, instead the natures of these 
are considered in the form of executor contracts. 

Financial instrument transactions are subject to the Bank’s normal credit standards, financial 
controls and risk-limiting, and monitoring procedures. Collateral requirements are determined on a 
case-by-case evaluation of each customer and product. 

The Bank’s exposure to credit risk under commitments to extend credit, standby letters of 
credit, and financial guarantees written is limited to the contractual amount of those instruments. 

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Bank had commitments to fund loans of $369,873,000 

and $442,382,000, respectively. Other financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk at 
December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows: 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Commitments to extend credit 
Commercial letters of credit 
Standby letters of credit 

Total 

2008 

2007 

(In thousands) 

  $  345,653 
3,141 
21,079 
  $  369,873 

$  425,737
4,642
12,003
$  442,382

The Bank’s exposure to credit losses in the event of non-performance by the other party to 

commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual notional 
amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and 
conditional obligations as it does for extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank evaluates 
each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if 
deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit 
evaluation of the counterparty. 

Lease Commitments: The Bank is obligated under non-cancellable operating leases for the 

premises of its head office and regional offices. As of December 31, 2008, the future total minimum 
lease payments for the Bank’s premises are as follows: 

Year 

2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
Thereafter 

Total lease payment 
(In thousands) 
1,795 
2,461 
1,997 
1,588 
1,571 
8,535 
17,947 

$ 

$ 

Rental expense was $1,700,000, 1,397,000 and $1,308,000 for the years ended December 31, 

2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

(10)  Related Party Transactions 

Loan and Commitments: The Bank has extended credit to certain directors and officers and 

companies in which they have an interest and certain shareholders which beneficially own more 
than 5% of the Bank’s capital stock. In management’s opinion, the loans to these related parties are 
made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those made to 
nonrelated persons. 

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the aggregate loans (including commitments) to related 

parties were approximately $5.2 million (of which $266,000 was outstanding) and $5.2 million (of 
which $723,000 was outstanding), respectively. All related party loans were current at 
December 31, 2008 and 2007. 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Changes in the outstanding loans to related parties are summarized as follows: 

Balance at beginning of year 
New loans 
Net drawdowns (repayments) 
Balance at end of year 

2008 

$ 

$ 

723  
264
(721)
 266  

$ 

2007 
(In thousands) 
734  
— 
(11)  
723  

$ 

2006 

$  4,457 
— 
   (3,723)
734 
$ 

Deposits: The amount of deposits from related parties was $3,898,000 and $3,328,000 at 

December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

(11)  Restrictions on Cash Dividends, Regulatory Capital Requirements 

The Bank has authorized 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The Board has the authority to 

issue the preferred stock in one or more series, and to fix the designations, rights, preferences, 
privileges, qualifications, and restrictions, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting 
rights and terms of redemptions, liquidation preferences, and sinking fund terms, any or all of 
which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. 

Under Section 642 of the California Financial Code, funds available for cash dividend 
payments by a bank are restricted to the lesser of: (i) retained earnings or (ii) the bank’s net income 
for its last three fiscal years (less any distributions to shareholders made during such period). Cash 
dividends may also be paid out of the greatest of: (i) retained earnings, (ii) net income for a bank’s 
last preceding fiscal year, or (iii) net income of the Bank for its current fiscal year upon the prior 
approval of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions, State of California, without regard to 
retained earnings or net income for its prior three fiscal years. 

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal 
banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory – 
and possibly additional discretionary – actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct 
effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory 
framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve 
quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items, as 
calculated under regulatory accounting policies. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are 
also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other 
factors. 

The quantitative measures established by the regulation to ensure capital adequacy require 

the Bank to maintain amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 risk-based 
capital (as defined in the regulation) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 risk-based 
capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2008, 
that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. 

As of December 31, 2008, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank 

as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no 
conditions or events since that notification that management believes changed the institution’s 
category. 

107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

The Bank’s actual and required capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following 

table: 

Actual 

For capital adequacy 
purposes 

To be well capitalized 
under prompt corrective 
action provision 

Amount 

Rate 

Amount 

Rate 

Amount 

Rate 

(In thousands) 

As of December 31, 2008: 

Total risk-based capital 
Tier 1 risk-based capital 
Leverage ratio 

$  159,721 
  142,464 
  142,464 

11.65% 
10.39% 
  9.76% 

$  109,671 

54,835   
54,835   

  > 8.00% 
    4.00% 
    4.00% 

$  137,088   
82,253   
68,544   

> 10.00% 
      6.00% 
      5.00% 

As of December 31, 2007: 

Total risk-based capital 
Tier 1 risk-based capital 
Leverage ratio 

$  167,760 
  152,764 
  152,764 

11.57% 
10.54% 
10.31% 

$  115,977 

57,989   
57,989   

  > 8.00% 
    4.00% 
    4.00% 

$  144,972   
86,983   
72,486   

> 10.00% 
      6.00% 
      5.00% 

 (12)  Share-Based Compensation 

The Bank remunerates employees and directors through stock option compensation plans; the 

1992 Stock Option Plan, Interim Stock Option Plan and the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan which are 
discussed below. Effective January 1, 2006, the Bank adopted Statement of Financial Accounting 
Standards No.123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123(R)”). Share-based 
compensation expense for all share-based payment awards is based on the grant-date fair value 
estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R). The Bank recognizes these 
compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite services period for the entire award, 
which is the option vesting term of generally three to five years, for only those options expected to 
vest. The fair value of stock option awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing 
model with the grant-date assumptions and weighted-average fair value. When options are 
exercised, the Bank’s policy is to issue new shares of stock. For the year ended December 31, 2008, 
2007 and 2006, the Bank recognized share-based compensation expense of $1.6 million, 
$1.2 million and $752,000, respectively, resulting in the recognition of $443,000, $192,000 and 
$33,000 in related tax benefits, respectively. 

The number of stock options and per stock option data has been adjusted to reflect the Bank’s 

February 20, 2007 three-for-two stock split effected in the form of a dividend. 

1992 Stock Option Plan and Interim Stock Option Plan 

The Bank’s 1992 Stock Option Plan (the “1992 Plan”) provides for granting of non-statutory 
stock options and incentive stock options to key full-time employees, officers, and the directors of 
the Bank. The number of shares authorized in this plan is 1,447,920 shares. The 1992 Stock Option 
Plan expired by its terms in 2003, and no shares are available for future grants. The options vest in 
installments of 20% each year and become fully vested after five years. Options under the 1992 
Plan expire ten years after the grant date. 

Because the 1992 Plan expired in 2003, the Bank did not issue any options under this Plan 

during 2008 and 2007. 

108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

In May 2003, April 2004 and June 2004, the Bank granted an additional 81,000, 48,000 and 
150,000 stock options, respectively, to our employees and directors at exercise prices ranging from 
$10.69 to $19.04 per share under the Bank’s Interim Stock Option Plan (“Interim Plan”) which 
expired in 2004. Even though the terms of these stock options are consistent with the terms of the 
stock options granted under our 1992 Plan, these stock options are outside of the 1992 Plan because 
they were granted after the 1992 Plan’s expiration. The Bank did not issue any options under the 
expired Interim Plan during 2008 and 2007. 

The total intrinsic value of share options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2008 
and 2007 was $218,000 and $4,892,000, respectively, from the 1992 Plan and the Interim Plan. As 
of December 31, 2008, the total compensation cost not yet recognized that relates to unvested 
options granted under the 1992 Plan and Interim Plan was $23,000 with a weighted-average 
recognition period of 0.46 years. 

The following information under the 1992 Plan and the Interim Plan is presented for the 

years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. 

Grant Date Fair Value of Options Granted 
Fair Value of Options Vested 
Total Intrinsic Value of Options Exercised 
Cash Received from Options Exercised 
Actual Tax Benefit Realized from Options 
Exercised 

2008 

December 31, 
2007 
(In thousands) 

$      —   $      — 
216 
  4,892 
  1,607 

97
218
146

2006 

 $     —
162
  5,834
  1,924

11

257 

506

The following is a summary of the transactions under the 1992 Plan and the Interim Plan for 

the years ended December 31, 2008: 

1992 Plan and Interim Plan 

Number of 
Options 
        668,400 
— 
      (225,450) 
          (2,400) 
        440,550 
— 
      (154,850) 
          (1,500) 
        284,200 
— 
        (17,100) 
—  
        267,100 

Weighted 
Average Exercise 
Price 

  $  12.07 
— 
8.53 
12.25 
13.89 
— 
10.28 
12.35 
15.87 
— 
8.57 
— 
  $  16.32 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2005 

Granted  
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2006 

Granted  
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2007 

Granted  
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2008 

109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

As of December 31, 2008, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding under the 

1992 Plan and the Interim Plan was $2,758,000. As of December 31, 2008, stock options 
outstanding under the 1992 Plan and the Interim Plan were as follows: 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Number of 
Outstanding 
Options 

4,500 
76,950 
    185,650 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

$    7.74 
    10.69 
    18.87 

  Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 

          0.13 
          4.32 
          5.31 

Number of 
Outstanding 
Options 

4,500   
76,950   
    147,700   

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

$    7.74 
    10.69 
    18.83 

  Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 

         0.13 
         4.32 
         5.28 

Exercise Price Range 

$5.00 - $9.99 
$10.00 - $14.99 
$15.00 - $19.99 

2004 Equity Incentive Plan 

The Bank’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”) provides for granting of non-

statutory stock options and incentive stock options to key full-time employees, officers, and the 
directors of the Bank. Stock options granted under the Plan have an exercise price equal to the fair 
market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Stock options granted under the 
2004 Plan generally vest in installments between 20-33% each year, become fully vested after three 
to five years and expire between four to ten years from the date of grant. Certain option and share 
awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the Plan). The 
number of shares authorized in this plan is 1,800,000 shares. 

The total intrinsic value of share options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2008 
and 2007 was $0 and $300,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, the total compensation cost 
not yet recognized that relates to unvested options granted under the 2004 Plan was $2,994,000 
with a weighted-average recognition period of 2.1 years. 

For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the estimated weighted-average fair 

value per share of options granted under the 2004 Plan were as follows: 

2008 

$2.22 

December 31, 
2007 

$7.83 

2006 

$7.87 

The estimated weighted-average fair value per share of options granted was estimated on the 

date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average 
assumptions: 

Weighted Average Assumptions: 

Expected Dividend Yield 
Expected Volatility 
Expected Term 
Risk-Free Interest Rate 

December 31, 

2008 

2007 

2006 

  5.74% 
26.53% 
  3.34 Yrs. 
  3.18% 

  1.87% 
23.80% 
  3.75 Yrs. 
  4.06% 

   1.89% 
 26.58% 
   4.25 Yrs. 
   4.70% 

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Expected volatility is determined based on the historical daily volatility of a peer group of 
similar banks due to the short period that the bank’s stock has been publicly traded over a period 
equal to the expected term of the options granted. The expected term of the options represents the 
period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding based primarily on the historical 
exercise behavior associated with previous option grants. The risk-free interest rate is based on the 
5 year U.S. Treasury CMT at the time of grant for a period equal to the expected term of the options 
granted. 

The following information under the 2004 Plan is presented for the years ended 

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006: 

Grant Date Fair Value of Options Granted 
Fair Value of Options Vested 
Total Intrinsic Value of Options Exercised 
Cash Received from Options Exercised 
Actual Tax Benefit Realized from Options Exercised 

2008 

December 31, 
2007 
(In thousands) 

$    831
  1,627
  —  
  —  
  —  

  $ 2,747 
731 
300 
603 
6 

2006 

 $   561 
  1,193 
124 
291 
4 

The following is a summary of the transactions under the 2004 Plan for the years ended 

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2005 

Granted  
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2006 

Granted  
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2007 

Granted  
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2008 

2004 Plan 

Number of 
Options 
       479,250 
71,250 
(11,400) 
(15,150) 
       523,950 
  350,500 
(24,050) 
(28,200) 
       822,200 
  375,300 
— 
(71,400) 
      1,126,100 

  Weighted Average 

Exercise Price 
  $        25.39 
34.44 
25.54 
27.13 
26.37 
36.46 
25.66 
34.18 
30.55 
14.38 
— 
25.99 
25.36 

  $ 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

As of December 31, 2008, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding under the 
2004 Plan was ($21,799,000). As of December 31, 2008, stock options outstanding under the 2004 
Plan were as follows: 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Number of 
Outstanding 
Options 
    32,500 
   162,800 
   154,000 
   550,950 
    47,850 
    15,000 
   163,000 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
$    4.50 
      9.01 
    21.84 
    26.18 
    31.92 
    35.91 
    43.50 

  Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 
       3.51 
       3.41 
       4.05 
       5.33 
       7.15 
       2.55 
       3.14 

Number of 
Outstanding 
Options 

— 
— 
— 
   349,275 
    18,600 
6,000 
    40,750 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
$       — 
         — 
         — 
    25.68 
    31.92 
    35.91 
    43.50 

  Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 
          — 
          — 
          — 
        5.67 
        7.15 
        2.55 
        3.14 

Exercise Price Range 
$0.00 - $4.99 
$5.00 - $9.99 
$20.00 - $24.99 
$25.00 - $29.99 
$30.00 - $34.99 
$35.00 - $39.99 
$40.00 - $44.99 

 (13)  Employee Benefit Plan 

Effective January 1, 1994, the Bank began a 401k profit sharing plan for its eligible 
employees. Under the plan, the Bank matches 50% of a participant’s contributions up to 6% of 
his/her salary subject to federal limitations on maximum contributions. Contributions made by the 
Bank for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 totaled $158,000, 149,000 and 
$138,000, respectively. 

(14)  Bonus Plan 

In April 1994, the Management Incentive Bonus Plan was approved. In December 2007 this 

Plan was amended and approved by the Board of Directors. The plan is administered by the 
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the Committee). The Committee determines 
which employees may participate in the plan, the total amount of bonus payable to our employees 
each year, the amount of bonus to be carried over and paid in subsequent years and the allocation of 
the total amounts among our chairman, officers, and other employees. All awards are contingent 
upon the Bank attaining certain financial objectives with the exception of certain bonuses which 
may be awarded by the Compensation Committee irrespective of the certain financial targets as part 
of new employees first year compensation. This is typically done as an alternative to a signing 
bonus. Total expense of the plan recorded by the Bank was approximately $294,000, $5,112,000 
and $6,610,000 for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the 
total bonus accrual included in the other liabilities amounted to $992,000 and $6,339,000, 
respectively. The amounts accrued are paid out within a three-year period subsequent to the year 
the bonus was accrued. The employee must be employed during the year that the bonus was 
accrued and must be employed with the Bank at the time the bonus is distributed. 

(15)  Deferred Compensation Arrangements 

In 1996, the Bank implemented deferred compensation arrangements for the Bank’s senior 
officers and directors. Pursuant to the Plan, each participant receives benefits for his/her deferred 
compensation upon his/her retirement or termination of service with the Bank prior to retirement. 
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, liabilities recorded for the deferred compensation plan totaled 
approximately $8,481,000 and $7,417,000, respectively. 

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

In order to economically fund its obligation under the deferred compensation arrangements, 
the Bank purchased a single-premium life insurance policy under which the executive officers and 
directors are the insured, while the Bank is the owner and beneficiary thereof. At December 31, 
2008 and 2007, the cash surrender value of the policies totaled $8,454,000 and $8,168,000, 
respectively. During 2008 and 2007, the income on the insurance policies was $362,000 and 
$343,000, respectively. The Bank received $1.6 million of life insurance proceeds in connection 
with the untimely passing of a former Preferred Bank executive which was recognized in Other 
Income for the year ended December 31, 2008. 

(16)  Litigation 

From time to time, the Bank is a party to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary 

course of business. There are no pending legal proceedings or, to the best of management’s 
knowledge, threatened legal proceedings, to which the Bank is a party which may have a material 
adverse effect upon the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, or business prospects. 

(17)  Stock dividend 

On January 25, 2007 Preferred Bank announced that its Board of Directors had declared a 3-

for-2 stock split to be paid in the form of a dividend. Each shareholder of record at the close of 
business on February 5, 2007 received one additional share of common stock for every two shares 
of common stock that they owned as of such date. The additional shares were distributed on 
February 20, 2007. A shareholder who would otherwise be entitled to receive a fractional share of 
common stock will receive in lieu thereof, cash in a proportional amount based on the closing price 
of the common stock on the Nasdaq Stock Exchange on the record date. After giving effect to the 
stock split, the Bank retroactively adjusted the number of common shares outstanding at December 
31, 2006 to 10,274,632.  Accordingly, all references in the accompanying statements of financial 
condition, income and comprehensive income, statement of changes in shareholders’ equity, and 
footnotes to the number of common shares and earnings per share amounts have been retroactively 
adjusted for all periods presented. 

(18)  Earnings per Share 

The following table summarizes the basic and diluted earnings(loss) per share calculations 

for the periods indicated: 

113 

 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Net (loss) income 
Weighted Average Basic Shares(1) 
Effect of Dilutive Securities:
Dilutive Stock Options 

Weighted Average Diluted Shares(1) 

Earnings(loss) per share(1): 

Basic
Diluted

2008 

2007 
(In thousands, except per share data) 
23,351
$ 
  10,194,515

$ 
  10,330,232 

26,467   

2006 

(5,012)  

$ 
  9,790,858 

19,533
    9,810,391 

250,717 

   10,580,949   

361,767
   10,556,282

$          (0.51)
$          (0.51)

$           2.56 
$           2.50 

$           2.29
$           2.21

(1)   Adjusted to reflect February 2007, 3-for-2 stock split effected in the form of a dividend. 

(19)  Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

The following tables summarize the quarterly unaudited financial data for 2008 and 2007: 

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

Year Ended December 31, 2008 

March 31 

June 30 

  September 30 

  December 31 

(In thousands, except per share data) 

Three months ended 

Interest income 
Interest expense 

  $  25,288   
    10,447   

  $  22,097   
8,766   

  $  19,885   
7,892   

Interest income before provision for credit losses 

14,841 

13,331 

5,080   
782 
5,005   
2,160   
  $  3,378   

7,200   
995 
6,645   
463   
18   

  $ 

11,993 

3,680   
762 
12,019   
457   
(3,401)  

  $ 

  $     18,689 
7,529 
11,160 
14,600 
2,402 
        11,925 
(7,956) 
(5,007) 

  $ 

  $     0.34 
  $     0.34 

  $    0.00 
  $    0.00 

  $     (0.35)   
  $     (0.35)   

  $      (0.51) 
  $      (0.51) 

Provision for credit losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Income taxes 

Net income (loss) 

Earnings(loss) per share 

Basic 
Diluted 

Year Ended December 31, 2007 

March 31 

June 30 

  September 30 

  December 31 

Three months ended 

Interest income 
Interest expense 

Interest income before provision for credit losses 

Provision for credit losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Income taxes 

Net income 

Earnings per share 

Basic 
Diluted 

(In thousands, except per share data) 

  $  26,514   
      10,280   

16,234 

  $  28,281   
      10,990   
17,291 

  $  29,233   
      11,526   

17,707 

600   
763 

650   
819 

     5,376   
      4,528   
  $  6,493   

     5,483   
      4,998   
  $  6,979   

  $ 

750   
753 
5,519   
5,031   
7,160   

  $  28,579 
      11,403 
17,176 
2,900 
755 
5,083 
4,113 
5,835 

  $ 

  $     0.63 
  $     0.61 

  $    0.67 
  $    0.65 

  $      0.69 
  $      0.67 

  $      0.57 
  $      0.57 

114 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

(20)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments (SFAS No. 107), 

requires that an entity disclose the fair value of all financial instruments, as defined, regardless of 
whether recognized in the financial statements of the reporting entity. For purposes of determining 
fair value, SFAS No. 107 provides that the fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at 
which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other 
than in a forced or liquidation sale. 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of 

financial instruments. 

(a)  Cash Due from Banks, Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under Resale 

Agreements 

For cash and short-term instruments whose original or purchased maturity is less than 90 

days, the carrying amount was assumed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value. 

(b)  Securities available-for-sale 

For securities available-for-sale, fair values were based on quoted market prices obtained 

from market quotes. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated 
using quoted market prices for similar securities or if no quotes on similar securities were 
available, a discounted cash flow analysis was used based on a market discount rate and 
adjusted for pre-payments. 

(c)  Loans 

Loans are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Therefore, the following 
valuation discussion relates to estimating the fair value disclosures under FAS 107. Fair 
values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are 
segregated by type and further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest terms. The 
fair value estimates do not take into consideration the value of the loan portfolio in the event 
the loans have to be sold outside the parameters of normal operating activities. The fair value 
of performing fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the 
estimated maturity using estimated market prepayment speeds and discount rates that reflect 
the market rate of the loans. The fair value of performing adjustable rate loans is estimated by 
discounting scheduled cash flows through the next repricing date. As these loans reprice 
frequently at market rates and the credit risk is not considered to be greater than normal, the 
market value is typically close to the carrying amount of these loans.  

Impaired loans are measured and recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis. Impaired 

loans include all of our nonaccrual loans and certain restructured loans, all of which are 
reviewed individually for the amount of impairment, if any. Most of our loans are collateral 
dependent and, accordingly, we measure impaired loans based on the fair value of such 
collateral. The fair value of each loan's collateral is generally based on estimated market 
prices from an independently prepared appraisal, which is then adjusted for the cost related to 
liquidating such collateral; such valuation inputs result in a nonrecurring fair value 
measurement that is categorized as a Level 2 measurement. When adjustments are made to an 
appraised value to reflect various factors such as the age of the appraisal or known changes in 
the market or the collateral, such valuation inputs are considered unobservable and the fair 

115 

 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

value measurement is categorized as a Level 3 measurement. In addition, unsecured impaired 
loans are measured at fair value based generally on unobservable inputs, such as the strength 
of a guarantor, discounted cash flow models and management's judgment; the fair value 
measurement of these loans is also categorized as a Level 3 measurement. Fair values were 
estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Each loan category was 
further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest terms and by performing and 
nonperforming categories.  

(d)  Accrued Interest Receivable and Accrued Interest Payable 

The carrying amounts of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable 

approximate its fair value due to their short-term nature. 

(e)  Deposits 

The fair value of demand deposits, saving accounts, and certain money market deposits 
were assumed to be the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of 
fixed maturity certificates of deposit was estimated using the rates currently offered for 
deposits with similar remaining maturities. 

(f) 

FHLB Borrowings 

The fair value of FHLB borrowings was based on rates currently offered for borrowings 

with similar remaining maturities. 

(g)  Commitment to Extend Credit and Letters of Credit 

The majority of our commitments to extend credit carry market interest rates if converted 
to loans. Because these commitments are generally unassignable by either the borrower or us, 
they only have value to the borrower and us. The estimated fair value is not material. The fair 
value of letters of credit was based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the 
estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at 
the reporting date. 

116 

 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

December 31, 2008 

Carrying 
amount 

Estimated 
fair value 

December 31, 2007 

Carrying 
amount 

Estimated 
fair value 

(In thousands) 

Assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Securities available-for-sale 
Loans, net of allowance and net deferred loan fees 
Accrued interest receivable 

$   69,586 
  104,406 
  1,204,130 
7,807 

$   69,586 
  104,406 
 1,206,554 
    7,807 

$   22,803  
  245,268  
  1,217,521  
    10,165  

$   22,803 
  245,268 
 1,217,692 
    10,165 

Liabilities: 

Demand deposits and 

savings: 

Noninterest-bearing 
Interest-bearing 

Time deposits 
FHLB borrowings 
Accrued interest payable 

$   196,408 
  189,134 
  871,781 
58,000 
5,446 

$   196,408 
  189,134 
     871,781 
       66,859 
5,446 

$   230,083  
  230,618  
  792,409  
  111,000  
5,493  

$  230,083 
  230,618 
  792,409 
  111,068 
5,493 

Off-balance sheet financial instruments 
Commitments to extend credit and letters of credit 

  369,873 

281 

  442,382  

354 

The fair value estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from 

offering the instruments for sale. Potential taxes and other expenses that would be incurred in 
an actual sale or settlement are not reflected in amounts disclosed. The fair value estimates 
are dependent upon subjective estimates of market conditions and perceived risks of financial 
instruments at a point in time and involve significant uncertainties resulting in variability in 
estimates with changes in assumptions. 

The  Bank  adopted  SFAS  157  on  January  1,  2008,  and  determined  the  fair  values  of  our 
financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established in SFAS 157. SFAS 157 defines 
fair  value,  establishes  a  three-level  fair  value  hierarchy  based  on  the  quality  of  inputs  used  to 
measure  fair  value  and  expands  disclosures  about  fair  value  measurements.  The  three-level 
categorizations to measure the fair value of assets and liabilities are as follows: 

Level 1  -  Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

Level 2 - Observable prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities; prices for identical or 
similar  assets  or  liabilities  in  markets  that  are  not  active;  directly  observable  market 
inputs for substantially the full term of the asset and liability; market inputs that are not 
directly observable but are derived from or corroborated by observable market data. 

Level  3  -  Unobservable  inputs  based  on  the  Bank’s  own  judgments  about  the  assumptions  that  a 

market participant would use. 

The Bank uses the following methodologies to measure the fair value of its financial assets 

on a recurring basis: 

Securities  available-for-sale  -  For  certain  actively  traded  trust  preferred  securities  and 
agency preferred stocks, the Bank measures the fair value based on quoted market prices 
in  active  exchange  market  at  the  reporting  date,  a  level  1  measurement.   The  Bank 
measures all other securities except collateralized mortgage obligations by using quoted 

117 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

market  prices  for  similar  securities  or  dealer  quotes,  a  level  2  measurement.    This 
category  generally  includes  U.S.  Government  agency  securities,  state  and  municipal 
securities,  mortgage-backed  securities  (“MBS”),  commercial  MBS,  asset-backed 
securities  and  corporate  bonds.    The  Bank  uses  a  discounted  cash  flow  analysis  to 
determine the fair value of the four collateralized mortgage obligations which is level 3 
measurement.    The  discount  rate  is  determined  by  using  a  market  interest  rate  for  a 
similarly  rated  single  issuer  trust  preferred  security  using  loss  rates  determined  by  the 
financial health of the underlying issuer banks in each pool.  

Equity  investments  -  The  Bank  measures  the  fair  value  of  agency  preferred  equity 
investments by using quoted market prices for similar securities or dealer quotes at the 
reporting date, a level 2 measurement. 

The following table presents the Bank’s hierarchy for its assets and liabilities measured at fair 

value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2008: 

(In thousands) 

Assets 
Securities, available-for-sale 
Equity Investment 
Total Assets 

Level 1 
$ 

Fair Value Measurements Using 
Level 2 
$  102,216 
115 
$  102,331 

— 
—  
— 

  $ 

  $ 

$ 

Level 3 

2,075 
— 

2,075 

Total at 
Fair Value 

  $ 

  $ 

104,291 
115 
104,406 

The following table presents the Bank’s reconciliation and income statement classification of 
gains  and  losses  for  all  assets  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  using  significant 
unobservable inputs (Level 3) for year ended December 31, 2008:  

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs(Level 3) 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Beginning 
Balance as of 
December31, 
2007 

Purchases, 
Issuance and 
Settlements 

Realized Gains 
or Losses in 
Earnings 
(Expense) 

Unrealized 
Gains or Losses 
in Other 
Comprehensive 
Income 

Ending 
Balance as of 
December 31, 
2008 

 ASSETS: 

Securities, available-for-sale 

  $ 

6,684 

  $ 

916 

  $ 

(4,206) 

  $ 

(1,319)

  $ 

2,075 

Impaired  loans  –  On  a  non-recurring  basis,  the  Bank  measures  the  fair  value  of  impaired 
collateral  dependent  loans  based  on  fair  value  of  the  collateral  value  which  is  derived  from 
appraisals that take into consideration prices in observable transactions involving similar assets in 
similar  locations  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  114.  Collateral  value  determined  based  on  recent 
independent  appraisals  are  considered  a  level  2  measurement.  Collateral  values  based  on 
unobservable  inputs  that  are  supported  by  little  or  no  market  data  and  less  current  appraisals  are 
considered a level 3 measurement. 

118 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Other real estate owned – Real estate acquired in the settlement of loans is initially recorded 
at fair value, less estimated costs to sell.  The Bank records other real estate owned at fair value on a 
non-recurring basis.  However, from time to time, nonrecurring fair value adjustments to other real 
estate owned are recorded based on current appraisal value of the property, a Level 2 measurement, 
or  management’s  judgment  and  estimation  based  on  reported  appraisal  value,  a  Level  3 
measurement. 

The following table presents the Bank’s hierarchy for its assets measured at fair value on a 

nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2008: 

(In thousands) 

Assets 
Impaired loans with specific loss 
Other real estate owned 
Total Assets 

  Fair Value Measurements Using   
Level 3 
    Level 2 

       Level 1 

$ 
$ 
$ 

—    $ 
—    $ 
—    $ 

28,723   $ 
9,723   $ 
38,446   $ 

6,711  
25,404  
32,115  

Total at 
  Fair Value 
35,434 
35,127 
70,561 

$ 
$ 
$ 

(21)  Subsequent Event 

On January 28, 2009, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.08 per 
common share.  The Board of Directors authorized the reduction of the cash dividend to $0.08 per 
share for the first quarter of 2009, compared with the $0.10 per share paid in previous quarters.  On 
February  11,  2009,  the  Bank  issued  $26.0  million  of  unsecured  senior  debt  in  a  pooled  private 
placement  transaction  which  carries  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation's  ("FDIC") 
guarantee  under  its  Temporary  Liquidity  Guarantee  Program.  The  issuance  has  a  3-year  maturity 
and  a  fixed  interest  rate  of  2.74%  paid  semiannually.  Under  the  Temporary  Liquidity  Guarantee 
Program,  the  FDIC  will  provide  a  100%  guarantee  of  certain  unsecured  senior  debt  of  eligible 
FDIC-insured institutions. 

119 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant 

has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Dated:  March 30, 2009 

PREFERRED BANK 
(Registrant) 

By   /s/  Li Yu 
Li Yu 
Chairman of the Board, President 
and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by 

the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

/s/ Li Yu 
Li Yu 

/s/ Edward J. Czajka 
Edward J. Czajka 

 /s/ J. Richard Belliston 
J. Richard Belliston  

/s/ William C. Y. Cheng 
William C.Y. Cheng 

/s/ Clark Hsu 
Clark Hsu 

 /s/  Frank T. Lin 
Frank T. Lin  

/s/ Gary S. Nunnelly 
Gary S. Nunnelly  

/s/ Chih-Wei Wu 
Chih-Wei Wu  

/s/ Albert Yu 
Albert Yu, Ph.D.  

March 30, 2009 

March 30, 2009 

March 30, 2009 

March 30, 2009 

March 30, 2009 

March 30, 2009 

March 30, 2009 

March 30, 2009 

March 30, 2009 

Chairman of the Board, 
President, Chairman and 
Chief Executive Officer 
(principal executive officer) 

Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 
(principal financial and accounting officer) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

- 120 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 21.1 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT 

Preferred Bank Investment and Consulting, Inc. (PBICI) 

121 

 
 
Exhibit 24.1 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a director or an officer, or both of 

Preferred Bank, a California state-chartered bank (the “Bank”), does hereby make, constitute and appoint Li Yu, 
whose address is in care of the Bank, 601 S. Figueroa Street, 29th Floor, Los Angeles, California  90017, the true 
and lawful attorney for the undersigned, with full power of substitution and revocation to each for the undersigned, 
and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign in any and all capacities and to file or cause to be filed, 
an annual report on Form 10-K with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, pursuant to the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any and all amendments to such Form 10-K, hereby giving to such attorney 
full power to do everything whatsoever required or necessary to be accomplished in and about the premises as fully 
as the undersigned could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorney or 
substitutes shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has set his hand this 30th day of March, 2009. 

/s/ Li Yu 
Li Yu 

/s/ Edward J. Czajka 
Edward J. Czajka 

/s/ J. Richard Belliston 
J. Richard Belliston 

/s/ William C. Y. Cheng 
William C. Y. Cheng 

/s/ Frank T. Lin 
Frank T. Lin 

/s/ Gary S. Nunnelly 
Gary S. Nunnelly 

/s/ Chih-Wei Wu 
Chih-Wei Wu  

/s/ Albert Yu 
Albert Yu, Ph.D. 

/s/ Clark Hsu 
Clark Hsu 

122 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 
13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a),  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Li Yu, certify that: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Preferred Bank; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such 
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and 
have: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over 
financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of 
the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in 
the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially 
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the 
registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 
significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  March 30, 2009 

Exhibit 31.2 

/s/ Li Yu 
Li Yu 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

123 

 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 
13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a),  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Edward J. Czajka, certify that: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Preferred Bank; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such 
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and 
have: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over 
financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of 
the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in 
the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially 
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the 
registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 
significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  March 30, 2009 

Exhibit 32.1 

/s/ Edward J. Czajka 
Edward J. Czajka 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

124 

 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Preferred Bank (the “Bank”) on Form 10-K for the period ending 
December 31, 2008 as filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Li 
Yu, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as 
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

(1) 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities 

Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and 

(2) 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial 

condition and results of operations of the Bank. 

Date:  March 30, 2009 

/s/ Li Yu 
Li Yu 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating 
acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within this version of this written 
statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Bank and will be retained by the Bank and furnished to 
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or its staff upon request. 

125 

 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32.1 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Preferred Bank (the “Bank”) on Form 10-K for the period ending 

December 31, 2008 as filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, 
Edward J. Czajka, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

(1) 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities 

Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and 

(2) 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial 

condition and results of operations of the Bank. 

Date:  March 30, 2009 

/s/ Edward J. Czajka 
Edward J. Czajka 
Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating 
acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within this version of this written 
statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Bank and will be retained by the Bank and furnished to 
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or its staff upon request. 

126